5902 lines
337 KiB
Plaintext
5902 lines
337 KiB
Plaintext
# translation of de.po to
|
|
# Mirko Leonhaeuser <mirko@leonhaeuser.de>, 2007.
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Project-Id-Version: de\n"
|
|
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-21 15:20+0100\n"
|
|
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-19 20:55+0200\n"
|
|
"Last-Translator: Mirko Leonhaeuser <mirko@leonhaeuser.de>\n"
|
|
"Language-Team: <de@li.org>\n"
|
|
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
|
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
|
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
|
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:464(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/first-open.png'; md5=c35fdf77ea729e10d177896acb3a9df1"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/first-open.png'; md5=c35fdf77ea729e10d177896acb3a9df1"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:570(None) C/gramps.xml:731(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/mainwin.png'; md5=44c81877c2dd94d3656bfdd5dd835977"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/mainwin.png'; md5=44c81877c2dd94d3656bfdd5dd835977"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:749(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/noside-nofilt.png'; md5=f07a82fb6f090a8807dd77cbc121efdd"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/noside-nofilt.png'; md5=f07a82fb6f090a8807dd77cbc121efdd"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:804(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/column-editor.png'; md5=7e6fa02ee2462f9c06e977d28467982c"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/column-editor.png'; md5=7e6fa02ee2462f9c06e977d28467982c"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:851(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/side-filt.png'; md5=8d35d5032e190b1a931d2817c30098c5"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/side-filt.png'; md5=8d35d5032e190b1a931d2817c30098c5"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:884(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/family.png'; md5=0f737ea80800ce540dd5be39ce76badf"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/family.png'; md5=0f737ea80800ce540dd5be39ce76badf"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1014(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/reorder.png'; md5=c03f6a1173811e0e49bf55250defa3f2"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/reorder.png'; md5=c03f6a1173811e0e49bf55250defa3f2"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1042(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/family-list.png'; md5=10a50ab614eed2126d94d31a0e33cdff"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/family-list.png'; md5=10a50ab614eed2126d94d31a0e33cdff"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1077(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/pedigree.png'; md5=ee1d9f51801f00e763c6678a93dd52b3"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/pedigree.png'; md5=ee1d9f51801f00e763c6678a93dd52b3"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1106(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/pedigree-child-cut.png'; md5=e18523c240627db23fe5f049612cbb3a"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/pedigree-child-cut.png'; md5=e18523c240627db23fe5f049612cbb3a"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1126(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/pedigree-siblings-cut.png'; md5=d166057a80f01d7f9ff70a20515c2c67"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/pedigree-siblings-cut.png'; md5=d166057a80f01d7f9ff70a20515c2c67"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1162(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/events.png'; md5=9b04d1a271de5dc118034f5e4bcefd44"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/events.png'; md5=9b04d1a271de5dc118034f5e4bcefd44"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1211(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/sources.png'; md5=3ea3513ae883310e86beca6307506659"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/sources.png'; md5=3ea3513ae883310e86beca6307506659"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1253(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/places.png'; md5=0d71925e9fb5380a3f99834d7d11a984"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/places.png'; md5=0d71925e9fb5380a3f99834d7d11a984"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1284(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/media.png'; md5=a908b06114ad2804a71644ccbcb4bb28"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/media.png'; md5=a908b06114ad2804a71644ccbcb4bb28"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1309(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/repository.png'; md5=8a65d2fd60529ef9b00cef5016b70adc"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/repository.png'; md5=8a65d2fd60529ef9b00cef5016b70adc"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1591(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/export-druid.png'; md5=1d9a8c8626b3d1cd6fc7873e683036c6"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/export-druid.png'; md5=1d9a8c8626b3d1cd6fc7873e683036c6"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1710(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/gedcom-export.png'; md5=e94ebb92c991b7168590a4c4c60131de"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/gedcom-export.png'; md5=e94ebb92c991b7168590a4c4c60131de"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1924(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-family.png'; md5=36049631914973e83ec7fd5c97d1adca"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-family.png'; md5=36049631914973e83ec7fd5c97d1adca"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1947(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/select-person.png'; md5=f51bb17fa724fd4ce5c47ef1973f8cd5"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/select-person.png'; md5=f51bb17fa724fd4ce5c47ef1973f8cd5"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2004(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/select-family.png'; md5=cf0617bed2303d62763aaa51ce8a0f03"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/select-family.png'; md5=cf0617bed2303d62763aaa51ce8a0f03"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2031(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/family-warn.png'; md5=962cb3d87874bb520a1ed7e08ccf56e3"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/family-warn.png'; md5=962cb3d87874bb520a1ed7e08ccf56e3"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2075(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/child-ref.png'; md5=d5a0e81a1316854f8ab8b6cf90ffbfdc"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/child-ref.png'; md5=d5a0e81a1316854f8ab8b6cf90ffbfdc"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2283(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person.png'; md5=c7d5a14b23c24dd520c1ecf3ca6d28e8"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-person.png'; md5=c7d5a14b23c24dd520c1ecf3ca6d28e8"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2428(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-names.png'; md5=a6b26146540aaa214f08aca74d21d6be"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-names.png'; md5=a6b26146540aaa214f08aca74d21d6be"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2484(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-attributes.png'; md5=2941d6118ea9fe881203d25160519f46"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-attributes.png'; md5=2941d6118ea9fe881203d25160519f46"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2522(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-addresses.png'; md5=b2a74807f332bce2accd4f72788a278d"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-addresses.png'; md5=b2a74807f332bce2accd4f72788a278d"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2547(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-notes.png'; md5=adec40abac77cb469fdef52069122320"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-notes.png'; md5=adec40abac77cb469fdef52069122320"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2588(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-sources.png'; md5=d57251b979c85b2d03fc41e349c03cd0"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-sources.png'; md5=d57251b979c85b2d03fc41e349c03cd0"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2660(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-gallery.png'; md5=c6b680fa8057e5a06a068eb4cbaed041"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-gallery.png'; md5=c6b680fa8057e5a06a068eb4cbaed041"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2704(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-internet.png'; md5=64234b3b61a92000e9970493fb5d66d7"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-internet.png'; md5=64234b3b61a92000e9970493fb5d66d7"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2734(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-assoc.png'; md5=7cc2a3dc1f13da085c0dfc8daf8d5bc0"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-assoc.png'; md5=7cc2a3dc1f13da085c0dfc8daf8d5bc0"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2770(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-lds.png'; md5=eeb96348e489e0bd68a14212fc530bac"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-person-lds.png'; md5=eeb96348e489e0bd68a14212fc530bac"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2992(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/date-selection.png'; md5=81ff3a3f6da5f407a77b3c40d1ef41ee"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/date-selection.png'; md5=81ff3a3f6da5f407a77b3c40d1ef41ee"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3062(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-rel.png'; md5=61a270b73516160aa56a23072b1e36b2"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-rel.png'; md5=61a270b73516160aa56a23072b1e36b2"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3289(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-src.png'; md5=6e326d7f2488f3bba3aab0f25256d593"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-src.png'; md5=6e326d7f2488f3bba3aab0f25256d593"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3444(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-plc.png'; md5=687c7552e1031973b9133a980389a859"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-plc.png'; md5=687c7552e1031973b9133a980389a859"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3615(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-media.png'; md5=707d49daec1dc32d1537b5e75861417b"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-media.png'; md5=707d49daec1dc32d1537b5e75861417b"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3745(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-ev.png'; md5=7c583eb64b008104983ceb158d4188bf"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-ev.png'; md5=7c583eb64b008104983ceb158d4188bf"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3839(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-si.png'; md5=46ccde314a52b32bb7f9b1b7d374fe79"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-si.png'; md5=46ccde314a52b32bb7f9b1b7d374fe79"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3890(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-an.png'; md5=801af796347efa6b3130e4ca7d399f90"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-an.png'; md5=801af796347efa6b3130e4ca7d399f90"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4011(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-at.png'; md5=e84225f9672e2edcb572c6147efb9810"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-at.png'; md5=e84225f9672e2edcb572c6147efb9810"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4114(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-ad.png'; md5=abdf8102bf071625824650e7496bd125"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-ad.png'; md5=abdf8102bf071625824650e7496bd125"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4257(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/comp-people.png'; md5=5854a70cf67e0217a25c3969a3fbd123"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/comp-people.png'; md5=5854a70cf67e0217a25c3969a3fbd123"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4304(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/merge-people.png'; md5=703729d41c7e3b14810e6cb946ec8fc1"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/merge-people.png'; md5=703729d41c7e3b14810e6cb946ec8fc1"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4349(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/merge-src.png'; md5=3185090c8940312bce428ab58e31209e"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/merge-src.png'; md5=3185090c8940312bce428ab58e31209e"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4384(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/merge-plc.png'; md5=aa4992ab7c9c90d1b59e8595dfac96a3"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/merge-plc.png'; md5=aa4992ab7c9c90d1b59e8595dfac96a3"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4620(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/edit-bm.png'; md5=5e8d6c8d2d59bcfbee36589d972b1992"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/edit-bm.png'; md5=5e8d6c8d2d59bcfbee36589d972b1992"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4646(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/find-people.png'; md5=229dcb54a8fe75bdadbfe21c86fc4bee"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/find-people.png'; md5=229dcb54a8fe75bdadbfe21c86fc4bee"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4833(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/bookreport.png'; md5=3b19cea4fdeaa92d73c8b71d1eb81e34"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/bookreport.png'; md5=3b19cea4fdeaa92d73c8b71d1eb81e34"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5677(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/cfe-df.png'; md5=0d0af4edb236c46b435fc17c12e52d76"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/cfe-df.png'; md5=0d0af4edb236c46b435fc17c12e52d76"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5713(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/cfe-ar.png'; md5=4844f4d9c8e6b132e8a0e9415e599251"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/cfe-ar.png'; md5=4844f4d9c8e6b132e8a0e9415e599251"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5771(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/scratch-pad.png'; md5=7a61eb7278515ad20e4411c2f36e5da3"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/scratch-pad.png'; md5=7a61eb7278515ad20e4411c2f36e5da3"
|
|
|
|
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
|
|
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5884(None)
|
|
msgid "@@image: 'figures/prefs.png'; md5=60cff258121fda4b9e95c990888d36c7"
|
|
msgstr "@@image: 'figures/prefs.png'; md5=60cff258121fda4b9e95c990888d36c7"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:31(title) C/gramps.xml:163(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.9"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handbuch V2.9"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:34(para)
|
|
msgid "The GRAMPS Manual is the user manual helping users to find their way around GRAMPS software. All aspects are covered, including the general details, subtle tips, preferences, tools, reports, etc."
|
|
msgstr "Das GRAMPS Handbuch ist das Benutzerhandbuch für Anwender um sich in GRAMPS zurecht zu finden. Alle Gesichtspunkte werden behandelt inklusive der allgemeinen Details, raffinierte Tips, Vorzüge, Werkzeuge, Berichte usw."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:41(year) C/gramps.xml:272(date) C/gramps.xml:285(date)
|
|
msgid "2001"
|
|
msgstr "2001"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:43(holder)
|
|
msgid "Donald N. Allingham"
|
|
msgstr "Donald N. Allingham"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:47(year)
|
|
msgid "2003-2006"
|
|
msgstr "2003-2006"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:49(holder)
|
|
msgid "Alex Roitman"
|
|
msgstr "Alex Roitman"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:68(publishername) C/gramps.xml:98(orgname) C/gramps.xml:108(orgname) C/gramps.xml:117(orgname) C/gramps.xml:171(para) C/gramps.xml:184(para) C/gramps.xml:197(para) C/gramps.xml:210(para) C/gramps.xml:223(para) C/gramps.xml:239(para) C/gramps.xml:252(para) C/gramps.xml:265(para) C/gramps.xml:278(para) C/gramps.xml:291(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Project"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Projekt"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:72(para)
|
|
msgid "This manual is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Handbuch ist freie Software Sie können es weiter geben und/oder ändern unter den Bedingungen der GNU General Public License wie veröffentlicht von der Free Software Foundation; entweder Version 2 der Lizenz, oder (nach Ihrer Wahl) jede spätere Version."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:77(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details."
|
|
msgstr "Dieses Handbuch wird verteilt in der Hoffnung, das es hilfreich, aber OHNE JEDE GARANTIE; ohne ZUSICHERUNG ALLGEMEINER GEBRAUCHSTAUGLICHKEIT oder ZUSICHERUNG DER ERFORDERLICHEN GEBRAUCHSTAUGLICHKEIT. Sehen Sie in die GNU General Public Lizenz für mehr Details."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:82(para)
|
|
msgid "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA"
|
|
msgstr "Sie sollten mit dieser Software eine Kopie der GNU General Public Lizenz erhalten haben, wenn nicht, schreiben sie an Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:94(firstname)
|
|
msgid "Alex"
|
|
msgstr "Alex"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:95(surname)
|
|
msgid "Roitman"
|
|
msgstr "Roitman"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:99(email)
|
|
msgid "shura@gramps-project.org"
|
|
msgstr "shura@gramps-project.org"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:104(firstname) C/gramps.xml:114(firstname)
|
|
msgid "Donald N."
|
|
msgstr "Donald N."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:105(surname) C/gramps.xml:115(surname)
|
|
msgid "Allingham"
|
|
msgstr "Allingham"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:109(email) C/gramps.xml:118(email)
|
|
msgid "don@gramps-project.org"
|
|
msgstr "don@gramps-project.org"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:165(date)
|
|
msgid "November 2006"
|
|
msgstr "November 2006"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:168(para) C/gramps.xml:181(para) C/gramps.xml:194(para) C/gramps.xml:207(para) C/gramps.xml:220(para) C/gramps.xml:233(para) C/gramps.xml:249(para) C/gramps.xml:262(para)
|
|
msgid "Alex Roitman <email>shura@gramps-project.org</email>"
|
|
msgstr "Alex Roitman <email>shura@gramps-project.org</email>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:176(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.8"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handbuch V2.8"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:178(date)
|
|
msgid "July 2006"
|
|
msgstr "Juli 2006"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:189(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.5"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Hqandbuch V2.5"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:191(date)
|
|
msgid "February 2004"
|
|
msgstr "Februar 2004"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:202(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.4"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handbuch V2.4"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:204(date)
|
|
msgid "December 2003"
|
|
msgstr "Dezember 2003"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:215(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.3"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handbuch V2.3"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:217(date)
|
|
msgid "September 2003"
|
|
msgstr "September 2003"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:228(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.2"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handbuch V2.2"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:230(date)
|
|
msgid "July 2003"
|
|
msgstr "Juli 2003"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:236(para)
|
|
msgid "Donald A. Peterson <email>dpeterson@sigmaxi.org</email>"
|
|
msgstr "Donald A. Peterson <email>dpeterson@sigmaxi.org</email>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:244(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.1"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handbuch V2.1"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:246(date)
|
|
msgid "May 2003"
|
|
msgstr "Mai 2003"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:257(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Manual V2.0"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Handbuch V2.0"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:259(date)
|
|
msgid "April 2003"
|
|
msgstr "April 2003"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:270(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS User Manual V1.1"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Benutzerhandbuch V1.1"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:275(para) C/gramps.xml:288(para)
|
|
msgid "Donald N. Allingham <email>don@gramps-project.org</email>"
|
|
msgstr "Donald N. Allingham <email>don@gramps-project.org</email>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:283(revnumber)
|
|
msgid "gramps User Manual V1.0"
|
|
msgstr "gramps Benutzerhandbuch V1.0"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:296(releaseinfo)
|
|
msgid "This manual describes version 2.2.0 of GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Dieses Handbuch beschreibt Version 2.2.0 von GRAMPS"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:300(title)
|
|
msgid "Preface"
|
|
msgstr "Einleitung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:302(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS is a software package designed for genealogical research. Although similar to other genealogical programs, GRAMPS offers some unique and powerful features, which we'll discuss below."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS ist ein Softwarepaket bestimmt für die Ahnenforschung. Obwohl ähnlich wie andere Ahnen Programme, bietet GRAMPS einige einmalige und leistungsstarke Funktionen, die weiter unten asführlich besprochen werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:306(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS is an Open Source Software package, which means you are free to make copies and distribute it to anyone you like. It's developed and maintained by a worldwide team of volunteers whose goal is to make GRAMPS powerful, yet easy to use."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS ist ein Open Source Software Paket, was bedeutet Sie sind frei Kopien zu erstellen und an jeden den Sie wollen weiter zugeben. Es wird entwickelt und betreut von einem globalen Team von Freiwilligen deren Ziel es ist, zu machen das GRAMPS leistungsstark und dennoch einfach zu bedienen ist."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:312(title)
|
|
msgid "Why use GRAMPS?"
|
|
msgstr "Warum GRAMPS verwenden?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:314(para)
|
|
msgid "Most genealogy programs allow you to enter information about your ancestors and descendants. Typically, they can display family relationships through charts, graphs, or reports. Some allow you to include pictures or other media. Most let you include information about people even if those people are not related to the primary family you happen to be researching. And they may include features that let you exchange data with other programs and print different types of reports."
|
|
msgstr "Die meisten Genealogieprogramme erlauben Ihnen, Informationen über Ihre Vorfahren und Nachkommen einzutragen. Gewöhnlich können sie Familie Verhältnisse durch Diagramme, Grafiken oder Berichte anzeigen. Einige erlauben Ihnen, Abbildungen oder andere Medien einzuschließen. Die meisten lassen Sie Informationen über Leute einschließen, selbst wenn jene Leute nicht mit der Primärfamilie zusammenhängen, die Sie erforschen. Und sie können Möglichkeiten enthaltn, Daten mit anderen Programmen auszutauschen und unterschiedliche Arten von Berichten zu drucken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:323(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS has all these capabilities and more. Notably, it allows you to integrate bits and pieces of data as they arise from your research and to put them in one place -- your computer. You can then use your computer to manipulate, correlate, and analyze your data, rather than messing with reams of paper."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS hat alle diese Fähigkeiten und mehr. Vornehmlich erlaubt es Ihnen, Stücke von Daten zu integrieren, während sie aus Ihrer Forschung entstehen und sie in einen Platz einzusetzen -- Ihren Computer. Sie können dann Ihren Computer benutzen, um diese Daten, zu manipulieren, aufeinander zu beziehen und zu analysieren, anstatt sich mit einem Haufen Papier herum zu schlagen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:332(title)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Typographical conventions"
|
|
msgstr "Drucktechnische Konventionen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:337(application)
|
|
msgid "Applications"
|
|
msgstr "Anwendungen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:341(simpara)
|
|
msgid "<command>Commands</command> you type at the command line"
|
|
msgstr "<command>Befehle</command> die Sie in der Befehlszeile eingeben"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:346(filename)
|
|
msgid "Filenames"
|
|
msgstr "Dateinamen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:350(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "Replaceable text"
|
|
msgstr "Ersetzbarer Text"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:354(simpara)
|
|
msgid "<guilabel>Labels</guilabel> for buttons and other portions of the graphical interface"
|
|
msgstr "<guilabel>Beschriftung</guilabel> für Schaltflächen und andere Teile der grafischen Schnittstelle"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:359(simpara)
|
|
msgid "Menu selections look like this: <menuchoice><guimenu>Menu</guimenu><guisubmenu>Submenu</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Menu Item</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
|
|
msgstr "Menüauswahlen sehen so aus: <menuchoice><guimenu>Menü</guimenu><guisubmenu>Untermenü</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Menüeintrag</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:367(simpara)
|
|
msgid "<guibutton>Buttons</guibutton> you can click"
|
|
msgstr "<guibutton>Schaltflächen</guibutton> die Sie anklicken können"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:371(userinput)
|
|
#, no-wrap
|
|
msgid "Anything you type in"
|
|
msgstr "Alles was Sie eingeben"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:334(para)
|
|
msgid "In this book, some words are marked with special typography: <placeholder-1/>"
|
|
msgstr "In diesem Buch sind einige Wörter mit eine speziellen Typografie makiert: <placeholder-1/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:377(title)
|
|
msgid "Example Tip"
|
|
msgstr "Beispiel Ratschlag"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:379(para)
|
|
msgid "Tips and bits of extra information will look like this."
|
|
msgstr "Hinweise und zusätzliche Informationen so aussehen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:381(title)
|
|
msgid "Example Note"
|
|
msgstr "Beispiel Hinweis"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:383(para)
|
|
msgid "Notes will look like this."
|
|
msgstr "Hinweise sehen so aus"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:375(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "The manual also provides assorted bits of additional information in tips and notes, as follows. <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/>"
|
|
msgstr "Dieses Handbuch bietet auch Informationen in Tips und Notizen, wie folgt: <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:388(title)
|
|
msgid "Example Warning"
|
|
msgstr "Beispiel Warnung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:390(para)
|
|
msgid "This is what a warning looks like. If there's a chance you'll run into trouble, you will be warned beforehand."
|
|
msgstr "Dies ist wie eine Warnung aussieht. Wenn eine Chance besteht, das Sie Probleme bekommen, werden Sie vorher gewarnt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:386(para)
|
|
msgid "Finally, there are warnings, notifying you where you should be careful: <placeholder-1/>"
|
|
msgstr "Abschließend gibt es Warnungen, die Sie darauf aufmerksam machen wo Sie vorsichtig sein sollten: <placeholder-1/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:397(title)
|
|
msgid "Getting Started"
|
|
msgstr "Erste Schritte"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:399(para)
|
|
msgid "In this chapter, we'll begin with the basics. We'll show you how to start GRAMPS and how to get help when you need it."
|
|
msgstr "In diesem Kapitel werden wir mit den Grundlagen beginnen. Wir werden Ihnen zeigen wie man GRAMPS startet und wie man Hilfe bekommt wenn man sie benötigt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:403(title)
|
|
msgid "To Start GRAMPS"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS starten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:405(para)
|
|
msgid "You can start GRAMPS in the following ways:"
|
|
msgstr "Sie können GRAMPS auf die folgenden Arten starten:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:409(term)
|
|
msgid "From the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu"
|
|
msgstr "Aus dem <guimenu>Programm</guimenu> Menü"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:412(para)
|
|
msgid "Select GRAMPS from the list of programs displayed in your computer's Applications menu. (The location and appearance of this menu vary slightly from one distribution of Linux to another. On the default GNOME desktop, you'll find GRAMPS in the <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guisubmenu>Other</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu."
|
|
msgstr "Wählen Sie GRAMPS von der Liste der Programme, die in Ihrem Computer Anwendungen Menü angezeigt werden. (die Position und das Aussehen dieses Menüs schwankt etwas von einer Distribution von Linux zu anderen. Auf dem standart GNOME Desktop finden Sie GRAMPS im <menuchoice><guimenu>Programme</guimenu><guisubmenu>Andere</guisubmenu></menuchoice> Menü."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:424(term)
|
|
msgid "From the command line"
|
|
msgstr "Von der Kommandozeile "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:427(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "If you're adept with Linux and like to work from the command line, you can start GRAMPS by calling up a terminal window, typing <command>gramps</command>, and then pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Siemit Linux vertraut sind und es lieben von der Kommandozeile zu arbeiten, können Sie GRAMPS starten indem Sie auf der Kommandozeile <command>gramps</command> eingeben und dann mit <keycap>Eingabe</keycap> bestätigen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:432(para)
|
|
msgid "If you would like GRAMPS to open a specific database or to import a specific file on startup, you can supply the filename as a command line argument:"
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Sie wollen, das GRAMPS beim Start eine bestimmte Datenbank öffnet oder eine bestimmte Datei importiert, können Sieden Dateinamen als Kommandozeilenargument übergeben:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:436(filename)
|
|
msgid "gramps filename.grdb"
|
|
msgstr "gramps Dateiname.grdb"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:438(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "where <filename>filename.grdb</filename> is the name of the file you want to open. The command line provides many more ways to start GRAMPS and perform different tasks."
|
|
msgstr "wobei <filename>Dateinam.grdb</filename> der Name der Datei die Sie öffnen wollen ist. Die Kommandozeile bietet viel mehr Möglichkeiten, GRAMPS zu beginnen und unterschiedliche Aufgaben durchzuführen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:447(title)
|
|
msgid "Choosing a database"
|
|
msgstr "Eine Datenbank wählen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:449(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "If GRAMPS is started without a database selected, the initial screen will have little functionality. Most operations will not be available. To load a database, select either <guibutton>New</guibutton> to create a new database, or <guibutton>Open</guibutton> to open an existing database. GRAMPS keeps track of your recently opened databases, and these can be selected by clicking on the arrow next to the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button and choosing from the drop down menu."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn GRAMPS ohne gewählte Datenbank gestartet wird, hat der Startbildschirm nur wenige Funktionen. Die meisten Funktionen stehen nicht zur Verfügung. Um eine Datenbank zu laden, wählen Sie entweder <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> um eine neue Datenbank zu erstellen, oder <guibutton>Öffnen</guibutton> um eine bestehende Datenbank zu öffnen. GRAMPS behält die Übersicht übere Ihre kürzlich geöffneten Datenbanken und diese können durch klicken auf den Pfeil neben der <guibutton>Öffnen</guibutton> Schaltfläche und Auswahl aus dem Pull-down Menü gewählt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:459(title)
|
|
msgid "Initial Window"
|
|
msgstr "Startfenster"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:467(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Initial Window."
|
|
msgstr "Startfenster"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:475(title)
|
|
msgid "Obtaining Help"
|
|
msgstr "Hilfe bekommen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:477(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS has a <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu></menuchoice> menu that you can consult at any time. It includes the following items:"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS hat ein <menuchoice><guimenu>Hilfe</guimenu></menuchoice> Menü, das Sie jederzeit befragen können. Es enthält die folgenden Punkte:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:484(term)
|
|
msgid "User manual"
|
|
msgstr "Benutzerhandbuch"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:487(para)
|
|
msgid "An electronic version of the manual that you can access while you work in GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Eine elektronische Version des Handbuchs, das Sie einsehen können während Sie mit GRAMPS arbeiten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:493(term)
|
|
msgid "FAQ"
|
|
msgstr "FAQ"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:496(para)
|
|
msgid "A list of Frequently Asked Questions about GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Eine Liste der am häufigsten zu GRAMPS gestellten Fragen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:501(term)
|
|
msgid "Tip of the day"
|
|
msgstr "Tip des Tages"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:504(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the \"Tip of the day\" dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt den \"Tip des Tages\" Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:509(term)
|
|
msgid "Plugin status"
|
|
msgstr "Plugin Status"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:512(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Use this item to display the status of any plugins you may have added."
|
|
msgstr "Benutzen Sie diesen Eintrag um den Status von jedem Plugin das Sie hinzugefügt haben können anzuzeigen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:518(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS home page"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Homepage"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:521(para)
|
|
msgid "This item opens your web browser and connects to the GRAMPS' project web site."
|
|
msgstr "Dieser Eintrag öffnet ihren Browser und vebindet mit der GRAMPS Projekt Webseite."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:527(term)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS mailing lists"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS mailing Liste"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:530(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "This item opens your web browser to the GRAMPS mailing list page. At this page, you can browse the mailing list archives or join the mailing list"
|
|
msgstr "Dieser Eintrag öffnet ihren Browser und vebindet mit der GRAMPS mailing Liste Seite. Auf dieser Seite können Sie das mailig Listen Archiv durchsuchen oder einer mailig liste beitreten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:536(term)
|
|
msgid "Report a bug"
|
|
msgstr "Einen Fehler melden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:539(para)
|
|
msgid "Choose this item to file a bug report in our bug tracking system. (Remember, GRAMPS is a living project. We want to know about any problems you encounter so we can work to solve them for everyone's benefit.)"
|
|
msgstr "Wählen Sie diesen Eintrag um einen Fehlerbericht in unserem Fehlerverfolgungssystem. (Denk dran, GRAMPS ist ein lebendes Projekt. Wir wollen über jedes Problem das Ihnen begegnet bescheid wissen, so das wir an einer Lösung zu jedermans Vorteil arbeiten können.)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:547(term)
|
|
msgid "About"
|
|
msgstr "Über"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:550(para)
|
|
msgid "This item displays a dialog with general information about the GRAMPS version you are running."
|
|
msgstr "Dieser Eintrag zeigt einen Dialog mit allgemeinen Informationen über die GRAMPS Version, die Sie einsetzen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:559(title)
|
|
msgid "Main Window"
|
|
msgstr "Hauptfenster"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:561(para)
|
|
msgid "When you open a database (either existing or new), the following window is displayed:"
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Datenbank öffnen (egal ob bestehend oder neu), wird das folgende Fenster angezeigt:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:565(title)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS Main Window"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Hauptfenster"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:576(para)
|
|
msgid "The main GRAMPS window contains the following elements:"
|
|
msgstr "Das GRAMPS Hauptfenster enthält die folgenden Elemente:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:580(term)
|
|
msgid "Menubar"
|
|
msgstr "Menüleiste"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:583(para)
|
|
msgid "The menubar is located at the very top of the window (right below the window title) and provides access to all the features of GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Die Menüleiste ist am oberen Ende des Fensters angeordnet (gleich unter dem Fenstertitel) und bietet zugriff auf alle Fähigkeiten von GRAMPS."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:590(term)
|
|
msgid "Toolbar"
|
|
msgstr "Werkzeugleiste"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:593(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "The toolbar is located right below the menubar. It gives you access to the most frequently used functions of GRAMPS. You can set options that control how it appears by going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. You can also hide it entirely by going to <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Toolbar</guisubmenu></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr "Die Werkzeugleiste befindet sich direkt unter der Menüleiste. Es gibt Ihnen Zugriff auf die am häufigsten verwendeten Funktionen von GRAMPS. Sie können Optionen setzen wie sie aussehen soll über <menuchoice><guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu><guisubmenu>Einstellungen</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. Sie können sie komplett ausblenden über <menuchoice><guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu><guisubmenu>Werkzeugleiste</guisubmenu></menuchoice>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:609(term)
|
|
msgid "Progress Bar"
|
|
msgstr "Fortschrittsbalken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:612(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "The Progress Bar is located in the lower left corner of the GRAMPS window. It displays the progress of time consuming operations, such as opening and saving large databases, importing and exporting to other formats, generating web sites, etc. When you are not doing these types of operations, the Progress Bar is not shown."
|
|
msgstr "Der Fortschritsbalken befindet sich in der unteren linken Ecke des GRAMPS Fensters. Er zeigt den Fortschritt zeitintensiver Aktionen, wie z.B. öffnen und speichern großer Datenbanken, Import und Export in andere Formate, erstellen von Webseiten, usw. Wenn sie keine solcher Aktionen durchführen, erscheint der Fortschrittsbalken nicht."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:622(term)
|
|
msgid "Status Bar"
|
|
msgstr "Statusleiste"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:625(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "The Status Bar is located to the right of the Progress Bar, on the very bottom of the GRAMPS window. It displays information about current GRAMPS activity and contextual information about the selected items."
|
|
msgstr "Die Statusleiste befindet sich rechts neben dem Fortschritsbalken am unteren Rand des GRAMPS Fensters. Sie zeigt Informationen über aktuelle GRAMPS Aktivitäten und kontextabhängige Informationen über gewähltem Objekt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:633(term)
|
|
msgid "Display area"
|
|
msgstr "Anzeigebereich"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:636(para)
|
|
msgid "The largest area in the center of the GRAMPS window is the display area. What it displays depends on the currently selected View. We'll discuss Views in detail below."
|
|
msgstr "Der größte Bereich in der Mitte des GRAMPS Fenster ist der Anzeigebereich. Was er zeigt ist von der gewählten Ansicht abhängig. Die Ansichten werden später im Detail behandelt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:644(title)
|
|
msgid "Views"
|
|
msgstr "Ansichten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:646(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Genealogical information is very broad and can be extremely detailed. Displaying it poses a challenge that GRAMPS takes on by dividing and organizing the information into a series of Views. Each View displays a portion of the total information, selected according to a particular category. This will become clearer as we explore the different Views, listed below:"
|
|
msgstr "Genealogische Informationen sind sehr umfassend und können sehr detailiert sein. Diese darzustellen stellt eine Herausforderung dar die GRAMPS meistert indem es die Information in verschiedene Ansichten teilt und organisiert. Jede Ansicht zeigt einen teil der gesammten Informationen, ausgewählt gemäß einer bestimmten Kategorie. Dies wird klarer wenn wir die verschiedenen Ansichten, die unten aufgelisted sind, erkunden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:655(term) C/gramps.xml:760(title)
|
|
msgid "People View"
|
|
msgstr "Personenansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:656(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of people in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt die Liste der Personen in der Datenbank"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:660(term) C/gramps.xml:867(title) C/gramps.xml:879(title)
|
|
msgid "Relationships View"
|
|
msgstr "Beziehungen Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:661(para)
|
|
msgid "Shows the relationships between the Active Person and other people. This includes parents, spouses, and children"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt die Beziehungen zwischen der aktiven Person und anderen Personen. Dies beinhaltet Ehepartner und Kinder"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:666(term) C/gramps.xml:1029(title) C/gramps.xml:1037(title)
|
|
msgid "Family List View"
|
|
msgstr "Familien Listenansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:667(para)
|
|
msgid "Shows the list of families in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt die Liste der Familien in der Datenbank"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:671(term) C/gramps.xml:1060(title) C/gramps.xml:1072(title)
|
|
msgid "Pedigree View"
|
|
msgstr "Stammbaum Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:672(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays a graphical ancestor tree for the selected person"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt einen grafischen Vorfahrenbaum für die ausgewählte Person"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:677(term) C/gramps.xml:1146(title) C/gramps.xml:1157(title)
|
|
msgid "Events View"
|
|
msgstr "Ereignisansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:678(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of events in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt die Liste der Ereignisse in der Datenbank"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:682(term) C/gramps.xml:1186(title) C/gramps.xml:1206(title)
|
|
msgid "Sources View"
|
|
msgstr "Quellen Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:683(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of sources in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt die Liste der Quellen in der Datenbank"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:687(term) C/gramps.xml:1222(title) C/gramps.xml:1248(title)
|
|
msgid "Places View"
|
|
msgstr "Orte Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:688(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of places in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt die Liste der Orte in der Datenbank"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:692(term) C/gramps.xml:1264(title) C/gramps.xml:1279(title)
|
|
msgid "Media View"
|
|
msgstr "Medien Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:693(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of media objects in the database"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt die Liste der Medienobjekte in der Datenbank"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:697(term) C/gramps.xml:1295(title) C/gramps.xml:1304(title)
|
|
msgid "Repositories View"
|
|
msgstr "Aufbewahrungsorte Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:698(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the list of repositories in the database."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt die Liste der Aufbewahrungorte in der Datenbank"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:702(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Before we launch into a description of each View, let's first explain how to switch between Views."
|
|
msgstr "Bevor wir mit einer Beschreibung jeder Ansicht starten, lass uns erst erklären wie man zwischen den Ansichten umschaltet."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:706(title)
|
|
msgid "Switching Views and Viewing Modes"
|
|
msgstr "Ansichten und Anzeigemodi wechseln"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:708(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "As mentioned above there are nine different Views. In addition, there are two different Viewing Modes. You can tell at a glance which Viewing Mode you are in: If you see icons listed vertically in a sidebar at the left of the window, you are in the Sidebar Viewing Mode. If instead you see a series of \"notebook tabs\" (labeled People, Relationships, Family List, Pedigree, Events, Sources, Places, Media and Repositories) that run horizontally across the window, then you are in the Tabbed Viewing Mode. You can switch from one Viewing Mode to another by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sidebar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the Sidebar menu item."
|
|
msgstr "Wie oben erwähnt gibt es 9 verschiedene Ansichten. Zusätzlich gibt es zwei Ansichtenmodi. Sie können auf einen Blick erkennen in welchen Ansichtenmodus Sie sich befinden. Wenn Sie die Symbole senkrecht gelistet in einer Seitenleiste auf der linken Seite des Fensters sehen befinden Sie sich in der Seitenleiste Ansicht. Wenn Sie aber eine Reihe von \"Ordner Reitern\" sehen (bezeichnet: Personen, Beziehungen, Familienliste, hnentafel, Ereignisse, Quellen, Orte, Multimedia und Aufbewahrungsorte) wagerecht über dem Fenster, befinden Sie sich in der Reiteransicht. Sie können zwischen den Modi wechseln durch wählen von <menuchoice><guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu><guimenuitem>Seitenleiste</guimenuitem></menuchoice> aus dem Seitenleiste Menüeintrag."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:722(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "If you're in the Sidebar Viewing Mode, you can select the View you want by clicking one of the sidebar icons."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Sie sich im Seitenleisteansicht Modus befinden, können Sie die gewünschte Ansicht durch klicken auf das Seitenleistensymbol wählen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:726(title)
|
|
msgid "Sidebar Viewing Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Seitenleiste Ansicht Modus"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:734(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows sidebar viewing mode."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Seitenleiste Ansicht Modus."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:740(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "If you're in the Tabbed Viewing Mode, you can select the View you want by clicking the corresponding notebook tab."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Sie sich im Reiteransicht Modus befinden, können Sie die gewünschte Ansicht durch klicken auf den Entsprechenden Reiter wählen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:744(title)
|
|
msgid "Tabbed Viewing Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Tabulatoren Ansicht Modus"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:752(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows tabbed viewing mode."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Tabulatoren Ansicht Modus"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:762(para)
|
|
msgid "The People View lists the people stored in the database. You'll note that people are grouped according to their family names. To the left of each family name is typically either an arrow or some other type of indicator. Clicking it once will reveal the entire list of people sharing that name. Clicking the indicator again will \"roll up\" the list and show only the family name."
|
|
msgstr "Die Personenansicht listet die Personen aus der Datenbank. Sie werden merken, das die Personen nach ihren Familiennamen gruppiert sind. Links neben jedem Familiennamen ist typischer weise ein Pfeil oder ein anderer Indikator. Einmal klicken öffnet die Liste der Personen mit dem Namen. Noch einmal klicken schließt die Liste wieder und zeigt nur den Familiennamen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:773(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "By default, the People View, displays the several columns of information about each person. You can add or remove columns to and from the display by calling up the <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> dialog ( <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Column Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>) and checking or unchecking the boxes listed. You can also change the position of a column in People View by clicking and dragging it to a new position in the Editor. Once you have made the changes you want, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to exit the Editor and see your changes in the People View."
|
|
msgstr "Standartmäßig zeigt die Personenansicht mehrere Spalten mit Informationen über jede Person. Sie können Spalten zu der Ansicht hinzufügen oder entfernen durch Aufruf des <guilabel>Spalteneditor</guilabel> Dialog ( <menuchoice><guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu><guimenuitem>Spalteneditor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>) und An- oder Abwahl der gelisteten Checkboxen. Sie können auch die Position einer Spalte in der Personenansicht durch klicken und verschieben im Editor ändern. Wenn sie die Änderungen gemacht haben klicken Sie <guibutton>OK</guibutton> um den Editor zu verlassen und ihre Änderungen in der Personenansicht zu sehen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:792(title) C/gramps.xml:6356(term)
|
|
msgid "Column Editor"
|
|
msgstr "Spalteneditor"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:794(para)
|
|
msgid "The Column Editor is available in all Views and works the same way in each."
|
|
msgstr "Der Spalteneditor ist in allen Ansichten verfügbar und arbeitet überall auf die selbe Weise."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:799(title)
|
|
msgid "Column Editor Dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Spalteneditor Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:807(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows column editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Spalteneditor Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:814(title)
|
|
msgid "Filters"
|
|
msgstr "Filter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:816(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Genealogical databases can contain information on many people, families, places, and objects. It's therefore possible for a View to contain a long list of data that's difficult to work with. GRAMPS gives you two different means for controlling this condition by allowing you to filter a list to a more manageable size. These methods are Search and Filtering. A search will search the text displayed in list, whereas filters display people whose data match the criteria of the filter."
|
|
msgstr "Genealogische Datenbanken können Informationen über vielen Personen, Familien, Orte und Objekte enthalten. Es ist daher möglich, das eine Ansicht eine lange Liste von daten enthält mit der es schwer ist zu arbeiten. GRAMPS bietet ihnen zwei verschiedene Wege diese Lage zu kontrollieren, indem es ihnen erlaubt zu einer handlicheren Größe zu filtern. Diese Methoden sind Suche und Filterung. Eine Suche durchsucht den angezeigten Text in der Liste, wohingegen Filter Personen anzeigen deren Daten mit den Filteregeln übereinstimmen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:826(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Search is a simple but fast method of searching the columns displayed on the screen. Typing the characters into the Search box and clicking the Find button will display only lines that match the text."
|
|
msgstr "Suche ist eine einfache aber schnelle Methode zum durchsuchen der auf dem Schirm angezeigten Zeilen. Eingabe der Zeichen in die Suchbox und klicken auf Suchen zeigt dann nur Zeilen, die den Text enthalten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:831(para)
|
|
msgid "Alternatively, you can enable the Filter sidebar, which will be displayed on the right hand side of the display. When the filter sidebar is displayed, the Search bar is not displayed. The Filter side bar allows you to interactively build a set of filter rules that can be applied to the display. The filter is applied based on the rules and the data, not on the screen display."
|
|
msgstr "Alternativ können Sie die Filter-Seitenleiste aktivieren, welche auf der rechten Seite des Fensters angezeigt wird. Es wird entwerder die Suchbox oder die Filter-Seitenleiste angezeigt. Die Filter-Seitenleiste erlaubt ihnen interaktiv eine Reihe Filterregeln anzulegen, die auf die Anzeige angewendet werden können. Der Filter wird basierend auf den Regeln und Daten angewendet, nicht basierend auf der Anzeige."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:839(title)
|
|
msgid "Searching vs. Filtering"
|
|
msgstr "Suche gegen Filtern"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:840(para)
|
|
msgid "Searching only searches for exact text matches. If the date displayed is \"Jan 1, 2000\", a search of \"1/1/2000\" will fail, but a filter of \"1/1/2000\" will match."
|
|
msgstr "Suchen sucht nur nach exakten Texttreffern. Wenn die Datumsanzeige \"Jan 1, 2000\" ist, wird eine Suche nach \"1/1/2000\" nichts finden, aber ein filtern nach \"1/1/2000\" hat Erfolg."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:846(title)
|
|
msgid "Filter Controls Displayed"
|
|
msgstr "Ansicht Filtereinstellungen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:854(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows filter controls."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Filter Einstellungen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:860(para)
|
|
msgid "When GRAMPS opens a database, no filtering is in effect. In People View, for example, all people in the database are listed by default."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn GRAMPS eine Datenbank öffnet sind keine Filter aktiv. In der Personen Ansicht z.B. werdenstandartmäßig alle Personen aufgelistet."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:869(para)
|
|
msgid "The Relationships View displays all the relationships of the Active Person (the selected person). Specifically, it shows his or her parents, siblings, spouses, and children."
|
|
msgstr "Die Beziehungenansicht alle Beziehungen der aktiven Person (die gewählte Person). Besonders zeigt sie seine oder ihre Eltern, Geschwister, Partner und Kinder."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:873(para)
|
|
msgid "The Relationships View is designed to allow for quick navigation. You can quickly change the Active Person simply by clicking the name of any person listed on the page. Each name is actually a hypertext link, similar to a web page."
|
|
msgstr "Die Beziehungsansicht ist gestaltet um eine schnelle Navigation zu ermöglichen. Sie können schnell die aktive Person durch klicken des Namens einer auf der Seite gelisteten Person. Jeder Name ist ein Link vergleichbar mit einer Webseite."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:887(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Relationships View."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Beziehungs Ansicht "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:893(para)
|
|
msgid "The Relationships View displays the following sections:"
|
|
msgstr "Die Bezihungsansicht zeigt folgende Bereiche:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:897(term)
|
|
msgid "Active Person"
|
|
msgstr "Aktive Person"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:900(para)
|
|
msgid "At the top of the screen, name, ID, birth, and death information of the Active Person is displayed. If a photo of the person is available, it is shown on the right hand side. Next to the person's name is a symbol indicating gender, and an Edit button. Clicking the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button will allow you to edit all of the person's individual information in an <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Oben im Fenster werden der Name, ID geburts und sterbe Daten der aktiven Person gezeigt. Wenn ein Foto der Person verfügbar ist, wird es auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Neben dem Personennamen befindet sich ein Symbol, das das Geschlecht zeigt und ein Bearbeitungsknopf. Klicken des <guibutton>Bearbeiten</guibutton> Knopf erlaubt ihnen alle persönlichen Informationen dieser Person in einem <guilabel>Person bearbeiten</guilabel> Dialog zu bearbeiten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:911(term)
|
|
msgid "Parents"
|
|
msgstr "Eltern"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:914(para)
|
|
msgid "The next section, the Parents section, displays the families in which the person is a child. Since it is possible for a person to have multiple sets of parents, it is possible to have several Parents sections."
|
|
msgstr "Der nächste Abschnitt, der Eltern Abschnitt, zeigt die Familien in denen die Person ein Kind ist. Da es für eine Person möglich ist mehrere Elternpaare zu haben, ist es möglich mehrere Eltern Abschnitte zu haben."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:919(para)
|
|
msgid "You can control how much information is displayed by using the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu. The view menu allows you to show or hide details (the birth and death information) and to show or hide siblings. Next to each person listed is an <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button, which will allow you to edit all the details of that particular person."
|
|
msgstr "Sie können durch benutzen des <guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> Menü kontrollieren wie viele Informationen angezeigt werden. Das Ansichtmenü erlaubt ihnen Geschwister und Details ein- oder auszublenden (die Geburts und Todesinformation). Neben jeder aufgeführten Person befindet sich eine <guibutton>Bearbeiten</guibutton> Schaltfläche, welche ihnen erlaubt alle Details der entsprechenden Person zu bearbeiten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:926(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "You may add a new set of parents by either selecting the <guibutton>Add Parents</guibutton> or the <guibutton>Share Parents</guibutton>. The <guibutton>Add Parents</guibutton> button will create a new family with the Active Person listed as a child. The <guibutton>Share Parents</guibutton> button will allow you to choose from a list of existing families, and then add the person as a child to that family."
|
|
msgstr "Sie können ein neues Elternpaar hinzufügen entweder durch wählen von <guibutton>Elternpaar hinzufügen</guibutton> oder <guibutton>Elternpaar wählen</guibutton>. Die <guibutton>Elternpaar hinzufügen</guibutton> Schaltfläche erzeugt eine neue Familie mit der aktiven Person als Kind. Die <guibutton>Elternpaar wählen</guibutton> Schaltfläche erlaubt ihnen aus einer Liste von bestehenden Familien zu wählen und dann die Person als Kind zu dieser Familie hinzu zu fügen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:935(para)
|
|
msgid "You may edit an existing parents by selecting the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button next to the parents. If you select the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> next to a set of parents, then the Active Person will be removed as a child from the parents. This button does not delete the parents' relationship."
|
|
msgstr "Sie können bestehende Eltern über die <guibutton>Bearbeiten</guibutton> Schaltfläche neben den Eltern editieren. Wenn Sie die <guibutton>Löschen</guibutton> Schaltfläche neben einem Elternpaar benutzen, wird die aktuelle Person als Kind von den Eltern entfernt. Diese Schaltfläche löscht nicht die Beziehung der Eltern."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:943(para)
|
|
msgid "If you are not careful, it is possible to create multiple families with the same parents. This is rarely what the user wants to do. If you attempt to add a new family that has the same parents as an existing family, GRAMPS will issue a warning dialog. If you get this dialog, you should probably Cancel the edit, and then use the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button to select the existing family."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:956(term) C/gramps.xml:6258(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Family"
|
|
msgstr "Familie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:959(para)
|
|
msgid "Similar to the Parents section is the Family section, which displays families where the Active Person is a parent. Because it is possible to have multiple families, it is possible to have multiple Family sections. Each family section displays the spouse and any children."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:966(para)
|
|
msgid "We use the term <emphasis>spouse</emphasis> for sake of simplicity. However, please note that <emphasis>spouse</emphasis> may in fact be a domestic partner, a partner in a civil union, or various other similar relationships between two people. <emphasis>Spouse</emphasis> relationships are not required to be only between a male and female."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:975(para)
|
|
msgid "You may add a family by selecting the <guibutton>Add Spouse</guibutton> in the toolbar. This will create a new family with the Active Person listed as a father or mother."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:980(para)
|
|
msgid "Selecting the Edit button next to the spouse will allow you to edit the displayed family. Clicking the Delete button will remove the person from the displayed family."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:986(para)
|
|
msgid "Removing a person from a family does not delete the family. The person is removed as the father or mother, and any other relationships in the family continue to exist."
|
|
msgstr "Entfernen einer Person von einer Familie löscht nicht die Familie. Die Person wird als Vater oder Mutter entfernt, alle anderen Beziehungen bleiben bestehen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:992(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "We use the terms <emphasis>father</emphasis> and <emphasis>mother</emphasis> for the sake of simplicity. Even if there are no children in a family, the <emphasis>father</emphasis> and <emphasis>mother</emphasis> terminology is still used. In the case of male/male or female/female relationships, the <emphasis>father</emphasis> and <emphasis>mother</emphasis> labels should be considered to be convenience labels."
|
|
msgstr "Wir benutzen die Begriffe <emphasis>Vater</emphasis> und <emphasis>Mutter</emphasis> der Einfachheit halber. Auch wenn die Familie keine Kinder hat, wird die <emphasis>Vater</emphasis> und <emphasis>Mutter</emphasis> Bezeichnungsweise beibehalten. Im Falle einer Mann/Mann oder Frau/Frau Beziehungen, sollte die <emphasis>Vater</emphasis> und <emphasis>Mutter</emphasis> Beschriftung als Beschriftung aus Bequemlichkeit gelten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1002(para)
|
|
msgid "You can reorder the parents and spouses by selecting the <guibutton>Reorder</guibutton>. This option will only be enabled if more than one set of parents or more than one set of spouses exists for the Active Person. Selecting this button will display a dialog that will allow you to reorder the families."
|
|
msgstr "Sie können die Eltern und Partner neu ordnen durch den <guibutton>Neu ordnen</guibutton>. Diese Option ist nur aktiv wenn mehr als ein Elternpaar oder mehr als ein Partner für die aktive Person existiert. Die Auswahl dieser Schaltfläche öffnet einen Dialog der ihnen das neu Ordnen der Familien erlaubt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1010(title)
|
|
msgid "Relationship Reordering Window"
|
|
msgstr "Beziehungen neu ordnen Fenster"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1017(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Relationship Reordering Window."
|
|
msgstr "Beziehungen neu ordnen Fenster."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1031(para)
|
|
msgid "The Family List View displays a list of all families in the database. From this view, you may add, edit, or delete families. The default display lists the ID, Father, Mother, and Relationship. Children cannot be displayed on the screen in this view."
|
|
msgstr "Die Familien Listen Ansicht zeigt eine Liste aller Familien in der Datenbank. Aus dieser Ansicht können Sie Familien hinzufügen, bearbeiten oder löschen. Die standart Ansicht listet die ID, den Vater, die Mutter und die Beziehung. Kinder können nicht auf dem Schirm in dieser Ansicht dargestellt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1045(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Family List View."
|
|
msgstr "Familien Listen Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1052(para)
|
|
msgid "Unlike the Relationships View, clicking the Remove button in this view will remove the family from the database. All people will remain, but all relationships between the people in the family will be removed."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1062(para)
|
|
msgid "The Pedigree View displays a family tree of the Active Person's ancestors. The Pedigree View shows up to five generations, depending on the size of the window. Each person is indicated by a box labeled with his or her name, birth and death information, and optionally an image if available. Two lines branch from each box. The top one shows the person's father and the bottom one the mother. Solid lines represent birth relations, while dashed lines represent non-birth relations such as adoption, step-parenthood, guardianship, etc."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1080(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Pedigree View."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Stammbaum Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1086(para)
|
|
msgid "To the left of the Active Person is a left arrow button. If the Active Person has children, clicking this button expands a list of the Active Person's children. Selecting one of the children makes that child the Active Person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1091(para)
|
|
msgid "The appearance of the children's names in the menu differentiates the <emphasis>dead ends</emphasis> of the tree from the continuing branches. Children who have children themselves appear in the menu in the boldface and italic type, while children without children (<emphasis>dead ends</emphasis>) appear in a regular font. If the Active Person has only one child, no menu will be displayed (since there is only one choice) and the child will become the Active Person when the arrow button is clicked."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1101(title)
|
|
msgid "Children Menu"
|
|
msgstr "Kinder Menü"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1109(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Children Menu in Pedigree View."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Kinder Menü in der Stammbaumansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1115(para)
|
|
msgid "The right-hand side of the window shows two right arrow buttons. When the top button is clicked, the Father of the Active Person becomes the Active Person. When the bottom button is clicked, the Mother of the Active Person becomes the Active Person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1121(title)
|
|
msgid "Personal Context Menu"
|
|
msgstr "Persönliche Kontextmenü"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1129(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Context Menu in Pedigree View."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Kontextmenü in Stammbaumansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1135(para)
|
|
msgid "Right-clicking on any person's box in the Pedigree View will bring up the \"context menu\". Among other useful items, the context menu has sub-menus listing <guilabel>Spouses</guilabel>, <guilabel>Siblings</guilabel>, <guilabel>Children</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Parents</guilabel> of that person. \"Greyed-out\" sub-menus indicate the absence of the data in the appropriate category. Similar to the children menu above, Childrens' and Parents' menus distinguish continuing lines from dead ends."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1148(para)
|
|
msgid "New in version 2.2 is the inclusion of an Events View. Events can be shared between multiple people and multiple families. The Events View lists the all the events recorded in the database. The default view displays the <guilabel>Description</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, <guilabel>Date</guilabel>, <guilabel>Place</guilabel> and <guilabel>Cause</guilabel> of the event."
|
|
msgstr "Neu in Version 2.2 ist die Aufnahme einer Ereignis Ansicht. Ereignisse können geteilt werden mit mehreren Personen und mehreren Familien. Die Ereignis Ansicht listet all diese Ereignisse aus der Datenbank. Die standart Ansicht zeigt die <guilabel>Beschreibung</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, <guilabel>Datum</guilabel> und <guilabel>Ort</guilabel> des Ereignis."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1165(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Events View."
|
|
msgstr "Ereignis Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1172(para)
|
|
msgid "Because events can be shared, you should take the extra time to give each event a unique and meaningful description. This will help you find the correct event if you decide to share events."
|
|
msgstr "Weil Ereignisse geteilt werden können, sollten Sie sich etwas Zeit nehmen jedem Ereignis eine eigene und aussagekräftige Beschreibung zu geben. Das wird ihnen helfen das richtige Ereignis zu finden wenn sie es wieder verwenden wollen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1178(para)
|
|
msgid "The list of Events can be sorted in the usual manner, by clicking on the column heading. Clicking once sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order. The <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> dialog can be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1188(para)
|
|
msgid "Sources View lists the sources of certain information stored in the database. These can include various documents (birth, death, and marriage certificates, etc.), books, films, journals, private diaries, - nearly anything that can provide genealogical evidence. GRAMPS gives you the option to provide a source for each event you record (births, deaths, marriages, etc.). The Sources View lists the <guilabel>Title</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Author</guilabel> of the source, as well as any <guilabel>Publication</guilabel> information that may be associated with it."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1199(para)
|
|
msgid "The list of Sources can be sorted by clicking on a column heading. Clicking once sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order. The <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> dialog can be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1214(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Sources View."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Quellen Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1224(para)
|
|
msgid "The Places View lists the geographical places in which the events of the database took place. These could be places of birth, death, and marriages of people, as well as their home, employment, education addresses, or any other conceivable reference to the geographical location. The Places View lists the places' <guilabel>Name</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Church Parish</guilabel>, <guilabel>City</guilabel>, <guilabel>County</guilabel>, <guilabel>State</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Country</guilabel>. All of these columns can be used for sorting by clicking on a column heading. Clicking once sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order. The <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> dialog may be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1239(para)
|
|
msgid "If a place has been highlighted, you may select the <guibutton>Google Maps</guibutton> button to attempt to display the place in a web browser. Your default web browser should open, attempting to use either the longitude and latitude coordinates or the place name to display the location using the Google Maps web site. This feature is limited, and may not always produce the results you desire."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1256(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Places View."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Orte Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1266(para)
|
|
msgid "The Media View is a list of Media Objects used in the database. Media Objects are any files that relate somehow to the stored genealogical data. Technically, any file can be stored as a Media Object. Most frequently, these are images, audio files, animation files, etc. The list box on the bottom lists the <guilabel>Name</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Path</guilabel> of the Media Object. The <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> dialog may be used to rearrange the displayed columns, which obey usual sorting rules. The top part of the GRAMPS window shows a preview (if available) and information about the Media Object."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1287(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Media View."
|
|
msgstr "Medien Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1297(para)
|
|
msgid "Version 2.2 adds support for Repositories. A repository can be thought of as a collection of sources. Each source in the database can reference a repository (such as a library) in which it belongs. The functionality of the Repositories View is similar to the other views."
|
|
msgstr "In Version 2.2 wurde die Unterstützung für Aufbewahrungsorte hinzugefügt. Ein Aufbewahrungsort kann als Sammlung von Quellen gedacht werden. Jede Quelle kann sich auf einen Aufbewahrungsort beziehen (wie eine Bibliothek) wo sie sich befindet. Die Funktionalität der Aufbewahrungsorteansicht ist identisch mit den anderen Ansichten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1312(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Repositories View."
|
|
msgstr "Aufbewahrungsorte Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1322(title)
|
|
msgid "Usage"
|
|
msgstr "Verwendung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1324(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Now we turn to a detailed exploration of the day-to-day use of GRAMPS. First, we should point out that GRAMPS often offers more than one way to do the same task. We'll try to point out some of these alternatives where appropriate."
|
|
msgstr "Nun werfen wir einen genauen Blick auf die tägliche Arbeit mit GRAMPS. Zuerst sollten wir bemerken das es in GRAMPS häufig mehr als einen Weg gibt eine Aufgabe zu lösen. Wir werden versuchen einige dieser Alternativen aufzuzeigen wo es angebracht ist."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1330(title)
|
|
msgid "Starting a New Database"
|
|
msgstr "Eine neue Datenbank erstellen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1332(para)
|
|
msgid "To start a new database, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or select the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button from the toolbar. You will then be asked to give the new database a name."
|
|
msgstr "Um eine neue Datenbank anzulegen wählen Sie <menuchoice><guimenu>Datei</guimenu><guimenuitem>Neu</guimenuitem></menuchoice> oder wählen Sie die <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> Schaltfläche aus der Werkzeugleiste. Sie werden dann aufgefordert der neuen Datenbank einen Namen zu geben."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1340(title)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS databases"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Datenbanken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1342(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS stores your data in a Berkeley database, sometimes known as BSDDB. These files have \".grdb\" as their default extension. The extension is automatically added to your filename."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS speichert ihre Daten in einer Berkeley Datenbank, auch bekannt als BSDDB. Diese Dateien haben \".grdb\" als Standardendung. Diese Endung wird automatisch ihrem Dateinamen hinzu gefügt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1349(title)
|
|
msgid "Opening a Database"
|
|
msgstr "Eine Datenbank öffnen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1351(para)
|
|
msgid "To open a database, either choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or click the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button on the Toolbar. The <guilabel>Open database</guilabel> dialog will appear and you'll see a list of files. If you don't see the file you're looking for, make sure the All files filter is selected. (This dialog has a \"filetype\" filter, meaning it may only be showing files that have a certain extension.)"
|
|
msgstr "Um eine Datenbank zu öffnen, wählen Sie entweder <menuchoice> <guimenu>Datei</guimenu><guimenuitem>Öffnen</guimenuitem></menuchoice> oder klicken Sie auf den <guibutton>Öffnen</guibutton> Schaltfläche in der Werkzeugleiste. Der <guilabel>Datenbank öffnen</guilabel>-Dialog erscheint und Sie sehen eine Liste von Dateien. Wenn Sie nicht die Datei sehen nach der Sie suchen, stellen Sie sicher das der alle Dateien Filter gewählt ist. (Dieser Dialog hat einen \"Dateityp\" Filter, d.h. er zeigt evtl. nur Fateien mit einer bestimmten Endung.)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1362(para)
|
|
msgid "To open a recently accessed database, choose either <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Recent</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or the down arrow next to the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button and select the filename from the list."
|
|
msgstr "Um eine kürzlich benutzte Datenbank zu öffnen wählen Sie entweder <menuchoice><guimenu>Datei</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zuletzt geöffnet</guimenuitem></menuchoice> oder den runter Pfeil bei dem <guibutton>Öffnen</guibutton> Symbol und wählen den Dateinamen aus der Liste."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1370(para)
|
|
msgid "If you do not have \"write permissions\" for the selected database, it will be opened in a Read Only mode. In this mode, the data may be viewed, but no changes will be made to the database. To indicate this mode, the title of the main window will be appended with <guilabel>(Read Only)</guilabel> text."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1376(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS allows you to open certain databases that have not been saved in GRAMPS' own file format. These include XML and GEDCOM databases. But you should be aware that if the XML or GEDCOM database is relatively large, you may encounter some performance problems. These can be avoided by creating a new GRAMPS database and importing your XML/GEDCOM data into it."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1384(title)
|
|
msgid "Opening XML and GEDCOM databases"
|
|
msgstr "XML und GEDCOM Datenbanken öffnen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1386(para)
|
|
msgid "XML and GEDCOM databases require all data to be held in memory. GRAMPS' native grdb format does not. Thus, a database with a grdb format can access data quicker and more efficiently."
|
|
msgstr "XML und GEDCOM Datenbanken erfordern das alle Daten im Speicher gehalten werden. Das GRAMPS eigene grdb Format tut dies nicht. Dadurch können Datenbanken im grdb Format schneller und effizienter auf Daten zugreifen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1392(title)
|
|
msgid "GEDCOM Editing"
|
|
msgstr "GEDCOM Bearbeitung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1394(para)
|
|
msgid "Please keep in mind that some information in a GEDCOM file may be lost during import into GRAMPS. Simply opening and viewing the file will not change it. However, if any changes were made and they were not abandoned upon exit, exiting GRAMPS will save the data, with possible data loss."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1403(title)
|
|
msgid "Saving Changes to Your Database"
|
|
msgstr "Änderungen in Ihrer Datenbank speichern"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1405(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS saves your changes as soon as you apply them. This means, for example, that any time you click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> when using GRAMPS, your changes are immediately recorded and saved. There is no separate \"save\" command (although there is a \"save as\" command that we'll discuss later.)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1411(para)
|
|
msgid "You can undo changes you've made by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. If you select this command repeatedly, your most recent changes will be undone one at a time. To roll back multiple commands at a time, you can using the <guilabel>Undo History</guilabel> dialog available from the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1420(para)
|
|
msgid "If you want to return your database to the way it was when you opened it, select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Abandon changes and quit</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. (This is just like quitting without saving in other programs.)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1428(para)
|
|
msgid "If you would like to save your database under a different name, you can do so by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save as...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and specifying the name (and, optionally, the format) of your new database. Note that <guimenuitem>Save as</guimenuitem> will allow you to continue editing the newly saved database. If this is not what you want to do, you may wish to use the <guimenuitem>Export</guimenuitem> command instead."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1439(title)
|
|
msgid "Importing Data"
|
|
msgstr "Datenimport"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1441(para)
|
|
msgid "Importing allows you to bring data from other genealogy programs into a GRAMPS database. Currently, GRAMPS can import data from the following formats:"
|
|
msgstr "Importieren erlaubt Ihnen Daten aus anderen genealogie Programmen in eine GRAMPS-Datenbank zu bringen. Im Moment kann GRAMPS Daten aus folgenden Formaten importieren:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1447(para)
|
|
msgid "Another GRAMPS database (having the <filename>grdb</filename> file extension),"
|
|
msgstr "Eine andere GRAMPS Datenbank (mit der <filename>grdb</filename> Dateierweiterrung),"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1452(para)
|
|
msgid "GEDCOM"
|
|
msgstr "GEDCOM"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1456(para) C/gramps.xml:1511(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS XML"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS XML"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1460(para) C/gramps.xml:1532(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS package"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Paket"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1464(para) C/gramps.xml:1802(term)
|
|
msgid "GeneWeb"
|
|
msgstr "GeneWeb"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1469(title)
|
|
msgid "Importing vs. opening"
|
|
msgstr "Importieren gegen öffnen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1471(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Please recognize that importing a database is different from opening a database. When you import, you are actually bringing data from one database into a GRAMPS database. When you open a file, you are editing your original file."
|
|
msgstr "Beachten Sie, dass der Unterschied zwischen eine Datenbank öffnen und aus eine Datenbank zu importieren, darin besteht, dass das Importieren alle Daten in die gerade geöffnete GRAMPS-Datenbank einfügt und beim öffnen die original Datei bearbeitet wird."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1477(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "To import data, select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Import</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Import database</guilabel> dialog will open, asking you to specify the file you wish to import."
|
|
msgstr "Um Daten zu importieren wählen Sie <menuchoice><guimenu>Datei</guimenu><guisubmenu>Importieren</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. Der <guilabel>Datenbank importieren</guilabel> Dialog wird geöffnet und bittet Sie die Datei die zu importierende Datei anzugeben."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1485(title)
|
|
msgid "Data loss with some formats"
|
|
msgstr "Datenverlust mit einigen Formaten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1487(para)
|
|
msgid "It is important to note that the importing process is not perfect for GEDCOM and GeneWeb databases. There is a chance that some of the data in these databases will not be imported into GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Es ist wichtig zu wissen, das der Import von GEDCOM und GeneWeb Datenbanken nicht perfekt ist.Es besteht die Möglichkeit, das einige Daten aus diesen Datenbanken nicht nach GRAMPS importiert werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1493(para)
|
|
msgid "The GRAMPS database (grdb), GRAMPS XML, and GRAMPS package are all native GRAMPS formats. There is no risk of information loss when import or exporting to these formats."
|
|
msgstr "Die GRAMPS Datenbank (grdb), GRAMPS XML und GRAMPS Paket sind alles ursprüngliche GRAMPS Formate. Es besteht keine Gefahr von Informationsverlust wenn sie von diesen Formaten importieren oder in diese exportieren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1499(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS database (grdb)"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Datenbank (grdb)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1502(para)
|
|
msgid "The native GRAMPS database format is a specific form of Berkeley database (BSDDB) with a special structure of data tables. This format is binary and architecture-dependent. It is very quick and efficient, but not generally portable across computers with different binary architecture (e.g. i386 vs. alpha)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1514(para)
|
|
msgid "The GRAMPS XML file was the default format for older versions of GRAMPS. Unlike the grdb format, it is architecture independent and human-readable. The database may also have references to non-local (external) media objects, therefore it is not guaranteed to be completely portable. The GRAMPS XML database is created by saving ( <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ) or exporting ( <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Export...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ) data in that format"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1535(para)
|
|
msgid "The GRAMPS package is a compressed archive containing the GRAMPS XML file and all media objects (images, sound files, etc.) to which the database refers. Because it contains all the media objects, this format is completely portable. The GRAMPS package is created by exporting ( <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Export...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ) data in that format."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1548(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "If you import information from another GRAMPS database or GRAMPS XML database, you will see the progress of the operation in the progress bar of GRAMPS' main window."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Sie Informationen von einer anderen GRAMPS-Datenbank oder GRAMPS XML Datei importieren, sehen Sie den Fortschrit der Aktion im Fortschrittbalken des GRAMPS Hauptfenster."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1554(title)
|
|
msgid "Exporting Data"
|
|
msgstr "Datenexport"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1556(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting allows you to share any portion of your GRAMPS database with other researchers as well as to enable you to transfer your data to another computer. Currently, GRAMPS can export data to the following formats: GRAMPS database (grdb), GRAMPS XML, GEDCOM, GRAMPS package, Web Family Tree, and GeneWeb."
|
|
msgstr "Exportieren ermöglicht Ihnen jeden Teil Ihrer GRAMPS;-Datenbank mit anderen Forschern zu teilen oder Ihre Datenbank komplett auf einen anderen Computer zu portieren. Im Moment kann GRAMPS Daten in folgende Formate exportieren: GRAMPS Datenbank (grdb), GRAMPS XML, GEDCOM, GRAMPS Paket, Web Family Tree, und GeneWeb."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1563(title)
|
|
msgid "Export is saving a copy"
|
|
msgstr "Export ist eine Kopie speichern"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1565(para)
|
|
msgid "When you export, you are saving a copy of the currently opened database. Exporting creates another file with a copy of your data. Note that the database that remains opened in your GRAMPS window is NOT the file saved by your export. Additional editing of the currently opened database will not alter the copy produced by the export."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Sie exportieren, speichern Sie eine Kopie der zur Zeit geöffneten Datenbank. Exportieren erstellt eine andere Datei mit einer Kopie ihrer Daten. Beachten Sie, das die Datenbank, die in ihrem GRAMPS-Fenster geöffnet bleibt, NICHT die Datei ist, die bei ihrem Export gespeichert wurde. Weiteres bearbeiten der aktuell geöffneten Datenbank, ändert nicht die Kopie welche beim Export erstellt wurde."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1572(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "To export data, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Export</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will bring up the <guilabel>Export</guilabel> assistant. Its pages will guide you through the format selection (see <xref linkend=\"export-druid-fig\"/>), file selection, and format specific export options (see <xref linkend=\"gedcom-export-fig\"/>). After a final confirmation page, the export will be performed according to the choices you have made. At any time, you can click the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> and revise any selection, and then go forward to redo the export."
|
|
msgstr "Um Daten zu exportieren wählen Sie <menuchoice><guimenu>Datei</guimenu><guimenuitem>Exportieren</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Dies startet den <guilabel>Export</guilabel> Assistenten. Seine Seiten führen Sie durch die Formatauswahl (siehe <xref linkend=\"export-druid-fig\"/>), Dateiauswahl und formatspezifischen Exportoptionen (siehe <xref linkend=\"gedcom-export-fig\"/>). Nach der letzten Konfigurationsseite wird der Export nach ihren Eingaben ausgeführt. Sie können an jeder Stelle <guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> klicken und ihre Auswahl ändern und anschließend den Export fortsetzen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1586(title)
|
|
msgid "Export assistant: format selection"
|
|
msgstr "Exportassistent Formatauswahl"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1594(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows format selection page of an Export assistant"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Formatauswahlseite des Exportassistenten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1602(title)
|
|
msgid "Exporting into the GEDCOM format"
|
|
msgstr "Exportieren in das GEDCOM Format"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1604(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS allows you to export a database into the common GEDCOM format. It provides options that allow you to fine tune your export (see <xref linkend=\"gedcom-export-fig\"/>)."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS erlaubt ihnen den Export in das gebräuchlice GEDCOm Format. Es bietet ihnen Optionen, die es erlauben den Export zu konfigurieren (siehe <xref linkend=\"gedcom-export-fig\"/>)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1610(term)
|
|
msgid "Encoding"
|
|
msgstr "Kodierung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1613(para)
|
|
msgid "Since different languages use different characters, it is important to tell a GEDCOM file what character set is used. The two formats traditionally accepted are ASCII and ANSEL. Since all ASCII characters are valid ANSEL characters, GRAMPS does not provide an option for ASCII."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1619(para)
|
|
msgid "Because ANSEL is not commonly used, some genealogy programs will accept ANSI (more commonly know as ISO-8859-1) and Unicode character sets. Only select ANSI or Unicode if you know any program that attempts to read the GEDCOM file will understand these character sets."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1628(term)
|
|
msgid "Filter"
|
|
msgstr "Filter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1631(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "The filter allows you to export a limited amount of data, based on the criteria you select."
|
|
msgstr "Der Filter erlaubt Ihnen eine begrenzte Menge Daten, basierend auf den Kriterien die Sie gewählt haben zu exportieren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1637(term)
|
|
msgid "Target"
|
|
msgstr "Ziel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1640(para)
|
|
msgid "While GEDCOM is a standard, not every program implements it in the same way. This can lead to data loss. GRAMPS can reduce the data loss in some cases. You can tell GRAMPS what program is the target, and GRAMPS will customize the exported file for that program. If your program is not listed, choose the \"GEDCOM 5.5 Standard\"."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1650(term)
|
|
msgid "Copyright"
|
|
msgstr "Copyright"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1653(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Allows you to select a statement to describe your Copyright claim."
|
|
msgstr "Erlaubt Ihnen eine Aussage zu wählen Ihre Copyright Ansprüche zu beschreiben."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1659(term)
|
|
msgid "Do not include records marked private"
|
|
msgstr "Als privat markierte Datensätze ignorieren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1662(para)
|
|
msgid "Check this box to prevent private records from being included in the exported file."
|
|
msgstr "Makieren sie dieses Kästchen um zu vermeiden, das die exportierte Datei private Daten enthält."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1668(term)
|
|
msgid "Restrict data on living people"
|
|
msgstr "Daten von lebenden Personen beschränken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1671(para)
|
|
msgid "Check this box to limit the information exported for living people. This means that all information concerning their birth, death, addresses, significant events, etc., will be omitted in the exported GEDCOM file. If you choose this option, you will be given additional options to limit further the data on living people. For example, you can choose to substitute the word \"Living\" for the first name; you can exclude notes; and you can exclude sources for living people."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1680(para)
|
|
msgid "Sometimes, it is not always obvious from the data if someone is actually alive. GRAMPS uses an advanced algorithm to try to determine if a person could still be alive. Remember, GRAMPS is making its best guess, and it may not always be able to guess correctly all the time. Please double check your data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1690(term)
|
|
msgid "Reference images from path"
|
|
msgstr "Beziehe Bilder vom Pfad"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1693(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Check this box to tell GRAMPS to use the specific path for your images when writing image references in GEDCOM."
|
|
msgstr "Makieren Sie dieses Feld damit GRAMPS den angegebenen Pfad für ihre Bilder benutzt wenn es Bildverweise in GEDCOM schreibt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1696(para)
|
|
msgid "This option allows specify where your image files are located. This is useful when you are transferring your GEDCOM file from one computer to another. It tells the program that is importing the data where your images are."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1705(title)
|
|
msgid "Export assistant: GEDCOM options"
|
|
msgstr "Exportassistent: GEDCOM Optionen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1713(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows GEDCOM options page of an Export druid"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt GEDCOM Optionen Seite des Exportassistenten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1721(title)
|
|
msgid "Export into GRAMPS formats"
|
|
msgstr "Export in GRAMPS Formate"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1725(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS database (grdb) export"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Datenbank (grdb) Export"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1728(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting to the GRAMPS native format will simply make a copy of your data under another name. Exporting to this format can also be useful if you have directly opened an XML or GEDCOM file and would like to save it as the grdb file."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1736(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS XML database export"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS XML Datenbank Export"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1739(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting into GRAMPS XML format will produce a database compatible with the previous versions of GRAMPS. As XML is a text-based human-readable format, you may also use it to take a look at your data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1747(term)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS package export"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Paket Export"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1750(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting to the GRAMPS package format will create a compressed file that contains the database and copies of all associated media files. This is useful if you want to move your database to another computer or to share it with someone."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1758(term)
|
|
msgid "Export to CD"
|
|
msgstr "Export auf CD"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1761(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Exporting to CD will prepare your database and copies of all media object files for recording onto a CD. To actually burn the CD, you will need to go to the GNOME <guilabel>burn:///</guilabel> location, which can be accessed by navigating through Nautilus: After exporting to CD, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guisubmenu>CD Creator</guisubmenu></menuchoice> in the Nautilus menu. Your database directory will show up. To burn it to the CD, click the CD icon on the Nautilus toolbar, or select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Write to CD</guisubmenu></menuchoice> in the Nautilus menu."
|
|
msgstr "Exportieren auf CD bereitet Ihre Datenbank mit all ihren Inhalten zum Schreiben auf CD vor. Um die Cd zu brennen gehen Sie zu GNOME <guilabel>burn:///</guilabel> in Nautilus. Nach dem Exportieren gehen Sie zu <guilabel>burn:///</guilabel> durch wählen von <menuchoice><guimenu>Gehe zu</guimenu> <guisubmenu>CD-Ersteller</guisubmenu></menuchoice> im Nautilus-Menü. nun erscheint Ihr Datenbankverzeichnis. Um es auf CD zu schreiben, klicken Sie auf das Icon in der Nautilus-Werkzeugleiste oder wählen Sie im Nautilus-Menü <menuchoice><guimenu>Datei</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Auf CD schreiben</guisubmenu></menuchoice>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1781(para)
|
|
msgid "If a media file is not found during export, you will see the same <guilabel>Missing Media</guilabel> dialog you encounter with GEDCOM export."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1787(title)
|
|
msgid "Export into other formats"
|
|
msgstr "Export in andere Formate"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1791(term)
|
|
msgid "Web Family Tree"
|
|
msgstr "Web Family Tree"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1794(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Exporting to Web Family Tree will create a text file that can be used by the Web Family Tree program. Export options include filter selection and the ability to limit data on living people to that of their family ties."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Der Export nach Web Family Tree erzeugt eine Text-Datei passend als Eingabe für das WFT-Programm. "
|
|
"Die Exportoptionen enthalten Filter und die Möglichkeit die Information von lebenden Personen auf die Verbindungen zur Familie zu beschränken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1805(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting to GeneWeb will save a copy of your data into a popular web genealogy format. To find out more about GeneWeb and its format, visit <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://cristal.inria.fr/~ddr/GeneWeb/en/\">http://cristal.inria.fr/~ddr/GeneWeb/en/</ulink>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1813(term)
|
|
msgid "vCalendar and vCard"
|
|
msgstr "vKalender und vCard"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1816(para)
|
|
msgid "Exporting to vCalendar or vCard will save information in a format used in many calendaring and addressbook applications, sometimes called PIM for Personal Information Manager."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1826(title)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Entering and Editing Data: Quick Start Overview"
|
|
msgstr "Daten eingeben und bearbeiten: Schnellstart Übersicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1828(para)
|
|
msgid "This section is designed to give you the basic knowledge necessary to start putting your genealogical information into GRAMPS. It will explain how to enter people into the database and how to specify their family relationships. (A more detailed explanation will follow in the section entitled <xref linkend=\"gramps-edit-complete\"/>.)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1834(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "First, let's identify the types of information you can enter into your GRAMPS database. These include:"
|
|
msgstr "Zzerst lassen Sie uns die Arten von Informationen bestimmen, die Sie in GRAMPS eingeben können. Diese beinhalten:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1839(para)
|
|
msgid "Personal information about an individual (names, addresses, birth and death dates, etc.)"
|
|
msgstr "Persönliche Informationen einer Einzelperson (Namen, Adressen, Geburts- und Sterbedaten, usw.)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1844(para)
|
|
msgid "Information about an individual's relationships (marriages, divorces, civil unions, etc.)"
|
|
msgstr "Informationen über die Beziehungen einer Einzelperson (Heiraten, Scheidungen, Eingetragene Lebenspartnerschaften, usw.)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1849(para)
|
|
msgid "Information about an individual's parents and children"
|
|
msgstr "Informationen über Eltern und Kinder einer Person"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1853(para)
|
|
msgid "Sources that document your research"
|
|
msgstr "Quellen die ihre Forschung dokumentieren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1858(title)
|
|
msgid "Keybindings"
|
|
msgstr "Tastenkürzel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1860(para)
|
|
msgid "In addition to interacting with GRAMPS through menu items and buttons, you can use its extensive set of \"keybindings.\" For more information, see <xref linkend=\"append-keybind\"/>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1865(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Now let's take a quick look at how you can enter and edit these various types of information."
|
|
msgstr "Nun lassen Sie uns einen kurzen Blick darauf werfen wie man diese verschiedenen Informationen eingeben kann."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1869(title)
|
|
msgid "To Add or Edit a Person"
|
|
msgstr "Eine Person hinzufügen oder bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1871(para)
|
|
msgid "There are multiple ways to add a person to the database. We will cover some of them as we proceed. The simplest way to enter a person to add them from the People View. While you are in the People View (<xref linkend=\"side-nofilt-fig\"/>), click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> on the toolbar. Enter any data you know about this person into the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog (see <xref linkend=\"edit-pers-fig\"/> for details)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1879(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit information about a person already present in the database, select the person from the People View and click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button on the toolbar."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1884(title)
|
|
msgid "Alternate ways of adding or editing a person from the People View"
|
|
msgstr "Andere Möglichkeiten Personen aus der Personenansicht hinzuzufügen oder zu bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1887(para)
|
|
msgid "You can also use <guilabel>Add...</guilabel> and <guilabel>Edit...</guilabel> menu items available under <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>. Or you can right-click on the person and select <guilabel>Add...</guilabel> or <guilabel>Edit...</guilabel> from the context menu that pops up."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1894(para)
|
|
msgid "People can also be added to the database in the Relationships View, <guilabel>Edit Family</guilabel> dialog, and other places where it makes sense."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1900(title)
|
|
msgid "To Specify a Relationship"
|
|
msgstr "Eine Beziehung angeben"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1902(para)
|
|
msgid "There are two primary ways to specify relationships between people - using the Relationships View and using the <guilabel>Edit Family</guilabel> dialog from the Family List View. The Family List is usually used to build all the relationships within a single family at a time. The Relationships View is usually used to build multiple relationships to a single person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1909(para)
|
|
msgid "To specify a new relationship to the Active Person, switch to the Relationships View (<xref linkend=\"family-fig\"/>) and you'll see this individual indicated as the \"Active Person\". Next to the <guilabel>Family</guilabel> label is a <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button (typically represented by a <guibutton>+</guibutton> sign). Clicking the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button will display the <guilabel>Edit Family</guilabel> dialog with the Active Person set as either the father or the mother."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1919(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing a family"
|
|
msgstr "Eine Familie bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1927(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Editing a family."
|
|
msgstr "Eine Familie bearbeiten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1933(para)
|
|
msgid "Now a question: Does the person who will form the relationship with the Active Person already exist in the database? If yes, click the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button to the other person. You'll then be able to browse through the list of people in the database to select the one you want. If not, click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. This will allow you to add a new person to the database and to specify the relationship this person has to the Active Person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1942(title)
|
|
msgid "Selecting a person"
|
|
msgstr "Eine Person auswählen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1950(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Selecting a person."
|
|
msgstr "Eine Person auswählen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1957(title)
|
|
msgid "Filtering"
|
|
msgstr "Filtern"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1959(para)
|
|
msgid "By default, GRAMPS filters the displayed list to show only those people who could theoretically have a relationship with the Active Person. That is, GRAMPS only shows those people whose birth dates and death dates fit within the lifetime of the Active Person. If you wish, you can add a person to the list by clicking the <guibutton>+</guibutton> button. To completely override the filter and display all people from the database, check the <guilabel>Show all</guilabel> box."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1969(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit an existing relationship from the Relationships View, click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button next to corresponding Family entry. If there is more than one relationship in the list, you can select the spouse or partner you want by clicking the corresponding <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button next to the relationship."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1976(para)
|
|
msgid "To specify a new relationship in the Family List View, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button on the toolbar, and an empty <guilabel>Edit Family</guilabel> dialog will open. At this point, you can add people to the family."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1983(title)
|
|
msgid "To Specify Parents"
|
|
msgstr "Eltern festlegen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1985(para)
|
|
msgid "You can specify Active Person's parents in the Relationship View(<xref linkend=\"family-fig\"/>). A little care is required to prevent the creation of duplicate families. If you wish to add the Active Person to an already existing family, you should click the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button. If the family including the parents does not already exist, you should click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1993(para)
|
|
msgid "If you click on the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button, you are presented with the <guilabel>Select Family</guilabel> dialog. This will allow you to select the existing family, and then the Active Person will be added as a child to the family."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:1999(title)
|
|
msgid "Selecting a family"
|
|
msgstr "Eine Familie auswählen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2007(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Selecting a family."
|
|
msgstr "Eine Familie auswählen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2013(para)
|
|
msgid "If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, a new <guilabel>Edit Family</guilabel> dialog is presented with the Active Person listed a child of the new family. You can add the parents to the family by either adding new people as the parents or selecting existing people as the parents."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2020(para)
|
|
msgid "If you create a new family and select parents that are already in an existing family, GRAMPS will issue a warning message. If you proceed by saving the new family, you will have a duplicate family."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2026(title)
|
|
msgid "Duplicate family warning"
|
|
msgstr "Doppelte Familie Warnung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2034(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Duplicate family warning."
|
|
msgstr "Doppelte Familie Warnung."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2041(para)
|
|
msgid "You can also specify the parents of a person in the Family List View. If the family already exists, click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button on the tool bar and add the person as a child when the <guilabel>Edit Family</guilabel> dialog is displayed. If the family does not already exist, click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button to create a new family, and add the appropriate parents and children."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2051(title)
|
|
msgid "To Specify Children"
|
|
msgstr "Kinder angeben"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2053(para)
|
|
msgid "Adding children to a relationship is done through a similar procedure. From the Relationships View or the Family List View, select the existing family or create a new family. Children can be added by selecting the Add button or Select button to the right of the child list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2059(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button will display the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog, allowing you to enter a new person. Clicking on the <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button, will allow you to select an existing person from a list. By default, the child is added with a the relationship type of birth to both parents."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2065(para)
|
|
msgid "If you wish to change the parent/child relationship from the default setting of birth, select the child and click on the Edit button. This will display the <guilabel>Edit Child Reference</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2070(title)
|
|
msgid "Child Reference Editor"
|
|
msgstr "Kinderreferenz-Editor"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2078(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Child Reference Editor."
|
|
msgstr "Kinderreferenz-Editor."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2086(title)
|
|
msgid "Adding Photos and Other Media Objects"
|
|
msgstr "Fotos und andere Medien Objekte hinzufügen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2088(para)
|
|
msgid "You can add photos and other media objects to individual people, events, sources, and places. You can also add images that might not be limited to a single person or event (for example, group family photos)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2093(para)
|
|
msgid "If you want to add an image to a single person, switch to the People View (<xref linkend=\"side-nofilt-fig\"/>), select a person, and then click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> icon on the toolbar. This will bring up the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog (<xref linkend=\"edit-pers-fig\"/>). Next, select the <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab, and click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> button to call up the <guilabel>Select a media object</guilabel> dialog. Type a filename or browse to find the image file you want and then provide a title for that image. Keep adding images until you are done."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2104(para)
|
|
msgid "To add images related to a relationship (for example, a marriage), switch to the Family View (<xref linkend=\"family-fig\"/>) and double-click on the Spouse box. This calls up the <guilabel>Marriage/Relationship editor</guilabel> dialog. Select the <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab and click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> button to add an image."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2111(para)
|
|
msgid "To add images related to a source or a place, first switch to the Source View (<xref linkend=\"sources-fig\"/>) or Place View (<xref linkend=\"places-fig\"/>). Select the source or place you want and then either double-click on it or click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> icon on the toolbar. Select the <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab and click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> button to add an image."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2118(para)
|
|
msgid "Finally, to add images that you want to include in the database, but hare are not limited to any particular person, relationship, source or place, switch to the Media View (<xref linkend=\"media-fig\"/>). Then click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> icon on the toolbar to add an image. If you have already added any images to any individual galleries, you will also find them listed in the Media View."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2127(title)
|
|
msgid "Alternate way of adding images to galleries"
|
|
msgstr "Alternativer Weg um Bilder zu Gallerien hinzuzufügen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2129(para)
|
|
msgid "An image can always be added to any gallery by using drag-and-drop. Items can be dragged from the Media View, any gallery, the desktop, the file manager or a web browser and dropped on the target gallery, adding the image to the gallery."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2135(para)
|
|
msgid "In any gallery, you can also use the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to edit image information and the <guibutton>-</guibutton> button and to remove the image reference from that gallery."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2140(title)
|
|
msgid "Removing an image from a gallery"
|
|
msgstr "Ein Bild aus einer Gallerie entfernen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2142(para)
|
|
msgid "Removing a media object from a gallery does not remove the image from the database. To completely remove the image from the database, delete it from Media View by first selecting it and then clicking the <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> icon on the toolbar."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2151(title)
|
|
msgid "To Edit Events, Sources, Places, and Repositories"
|
|
msgstr "Ereignisse, Quellen, Orte und Aufbewahrungsorte bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2153(para)
|
|
msgid "To add an event, a source, a place, or a repository to the database, switch to the appropriate Events View (<xref linkend=\"events-fig\"/>), Sources View (<xref linkend=\"sources-fig\"/>), Places View (<xref linkend=\"places-fig\"/>), or Repositories View (<xref linkend=\"repository-fig\"/>). Then click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> icon on the toolbar to add the corresponding object. Enter the information into the <guilabel>Event Editor</guilabel> (<guilabel>Source Editor</guilabel>, <guilabel>Place Editor</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Repository Editor</guilabel>) dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2165(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit information about events, sources, places, and repositories already present in the database, switch to the appropriate view, select an entry you would like to view/modify, and then click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> icon on the toolbar. Alternatively, you may double-click on the entry to edit it."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2175(title)
|
|
msgid "Entering and Editing Data: Complete Description"
|
|
msgstr "Daten eingeben und bearbeiten: Komplette Beschreibung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2177(para)
|
|
msgid "The previous section offered you a quick overview of how to enter and edit data in GRAMPS. This section continues that discussion in much greater detail."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2181(para)
|
|
msgid "As we have seen above, GRAMPS offers you a series of Views. Each of these Views gives you opportunities to enter and edit information. In fact, you can often get to the same information from different Views."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2186(para)
|
|
msgid "In GRAMPS, information is entered and edited through what we call dialogs. Since we use that term frequently, we should define what we mean by it:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2190(para)
|
|
msgid "A dialog is a pop-up window that provides one or more forms for entering and editing data that fits a certain category. Examples in GRAMPS include the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog and the <guilabel>Family Editor</guilabel> dialog, among many others."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2196(para)
|
|
msgid "A dialog often includes a series of \"notebook tabs\" that group the information into subcategories. For example, the Edit Person dialog has notebook tabs for subcategories such as Events, Attributes, Addresses, and Notes, among others."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2202(title)
|
|
msgid "Add, Remove, and Edit buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Hinzufügen, entfernen und bearbeiten Schaltflächen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2204(para)
|
|
msgid "In most cases, GRAMPS uses a <guibutton>+</guibutton> to correspond to <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, a <guibutton>-</guibutton> correspond to <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>, and an icon of a pen on a sheet of paper to denote <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. We will continue referring to the latter as the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button, while using <guibutton>+</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> to denote the two former buttons."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2214(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About People"
|
|
msgstr "Informationen über Personen bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2216(para)
|
|
msgid "Information about people is entered and edited through the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog. This dialog can be invoked from different Views in the following ways:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2222(term)
|
|
msgid "From the People View:"
|
|
msgstr "Aus der Personenansicht:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2227(para)
|
|
msgid "Double-click the name of the person whose data you would like to edit"
|
|
msgstr "Den Namen der Person deren Daten Sie bearbeiten wollen doppel-klicken"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2232(para)
|
|
msgid "Select the name by single click and then click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button on the toolbar."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2237(para)
|
|
msgid "Select the name and then press <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
|
|
msgstr "Den Namen wählen und dann <keycap>Enter</keycap> drücken."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2242(para)
|
|
msgid "Select <guimenuitem>Edit...</guimenuitem> from the <guisubmenu>Edit</guisubmenu> menu of GRAMPS"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2247(para)
|
|
msgid "Select <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem> from the context menu that appears upon right-click on the name."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2256(term)
|
|
msgid "From the Relationships View:"
|
|
msgstr "Aus der Beziehungsansicht: "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2259(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit the Active Person's data, click on the Edit button next to the Active Person's name."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2265(term)
|
|
msgid "From the Pedigree View:"
|
|
msgstr "Aus der Stammbaumansicht:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2268(para)
|
|
msgid "Double-click in the box having the name of the person whose data you want to edit."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2274(para)
|
|
msgid "In each of the above cases, the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog will appear:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2278(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Bearbeite Person Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2286(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Bearbeite Person Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2292(para)
|
|
msgid "The top of the window shows the basic information about the person whose data is being edited. Below are several \"notebook tabs\" containing different categories of available information. Click any tab to view and edit its contents. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button at the bottom will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will close the window without applying any changes. If any data in any tabs were modified, an alert window will appear, prompting you to choose from the following options: close the dialog without saving changes, cancel the initial cancel request, or save the changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2305(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will immediately save changes to the database. There is no need for a Save operation, since all changes are immediate."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2311(para) C/gramps.xml:3095(para) C/gramps.xml:3314(para) C/gramps.xml:3642(para) C/gramps.xml:3764(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "If a tab label is in boldface type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn ein Reiter fett beschriftet ist, meint er enthält Daten. Wenn nicht enthält er keine."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2315(para)
|
|
msgid "The general information is at the top of the window. This includes the primary name and general information.:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2320(term)
|
|
msgid "Primary Name"
|
|
msgstr "Hauptname"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2323(para)
|
|
msgid "includes <guilabel>Given name</guilabel>, <guilabel>Family name</guilabel>, <guilabel>Family prefix</guilabel> (such as \"de\" or \"van\"), <guilabel>Suffix</guilabel> (e.g. Jr. or III), <guilabel>Title</guilabel> (e.g. Dr. or Rev.), <guilabel>Nickname</guilabel> (Bob for Robert), <guilabel>Type</guilabel> of the name (birth name, married name, etc.). Some of these <guilabel>Family name</guilabel> and <guilabel>Type</guilabel> fields provide \"autocompletion\" feature: as you type in these fields, a menu appears below the field containing database entries that match your partial input. This gives you a shortcut by letting you select an entry that already exists in the database rather than having to type it all out. You can select the entry using your mouse or using your arrow and <keycap>Enter</keycap> keys."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2338(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> (that is, the \"pen and paper\" icon) next to the <guilabel>Prefix</guilabel> entry field invokes the <guilabel>Name Editor</guilabel> dialog. This dialog allows editing the preferred name in full detail (see <xref linkend=\"adv-an\"/>)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2349(term) C/gramps.xml:3476(term) C/gramps.xml:3651(term) C/gramps.xml:3773(term) C/gramps.xml:3922(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4043(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4146(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:5897(title)
|
|
msgid "General"
|
|
msgstr "Allgemein"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2352(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Gender</guilabel> menu offers the choice of person's gender : <guilabel>male</guilabel>, <guilabel>female</guilabel>, and <guilabel>unknown</guilabel>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2357(para)
|
|
msgid "The field <guilabel>ID</guilabel> displays the GRAMPS ID number which identifies the user in the database. This value helps you distinguish between people who have the same name. You may enter any unique value you want. If you do not provide a value, GRAMPS will automatically select a value for you."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2363(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Marker</guilabel> allows you to specify some basic information on the status of your research."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2366(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Privacy</guilabel> button lets you mark whether or not the person's record is considered private."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2374(term)
|
|
msgid "Image"
|
|
msgstr "Bild"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2377(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> area shows the first image available in the <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> of this person (if any exist)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2384(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs reflect the following categories of personal data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2389(term) C/gramps.xml:3141(term)
|
|
msgid "Events"
|
|
msgstr "Ereignisse"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2392(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Events</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit any events relevant to the person. The bottom part of the window lists all such events stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected event in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to add, modify, and remove an event record from the database. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2408(term) C/gramps.xml:3879(title)
|
|
msgid "Names"
|
|
msgstr "Namen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2411(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Names</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit any alternate names the person may have. The bottom part of the window lists all alternate names for the person stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected name in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow the addition, modification, and removal of an alternate name from the database. Note that the Edit and - buttons become available only when an alternate name is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2423(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Names"
|
|
msgstr "Person bearbeiten Dialog - Namen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2431(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Names Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2437(para)
|
|
msgid "When you add a new name or edit an existing name, the <guilabel>Name Editor</guilabel> dialog is invoked. This dialog is described in the section below (see <xref linkend=\"adv-an\"/>)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2447(term) C/gramps.xml:3200(term) C/gramps.xml:3672(term) C/gramps.xml:4000(title)
|
|
msgid "Attributes"
|
|
msgstr "Attribute"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2450(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Attributes</guilabel> tab lets you view and assign attributes to the person. You have complete freedom to define and use attributes. For example, attributes might be assigned to describe the person's physical characteristics or personality traits."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2456(para)
|
|
msgid "Note that each attribute listed in the <guilabel>Attribute</guilabel> dialog consists of two parts: the Attribute itself and a Value associated with that Attribute. This so-called \"Parameter-Value\" pairing can help you organize and systematize your research. For example, if you define \"Hair color\" as an Attribute for a person, \"Hair Color\" will become a selectable Attribute for all other people. The Value of Hair Color for person A might be red, and brown for person B. In similar fashion, you might define an Attribute like \"Generosity\" and use the Value of \"Enormous\" to describe a particularly generous person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2468(para)
|
|
msgid "The bottom part of the dialog window displays the list of all Attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove an attribute record from the database. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2479(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Attributes"
|
|
msgstr "Person bearbeiten Dialog - Attribute"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2487(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Attributes Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Attribute Reiter des Person bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2499(term) C/gramps.xml:4103(title)
|
|
msgid "Addresses"
|
|
msgstr "Adressen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2502(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Addresses</guilabel> tab lets you view and record the various addresses of the person. The bottom part of the window lists all addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2513(para)
|
|
msgid "Some reports allow you to restrict data on living people. In particular, that option will omit their addresses."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2517(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Addresses"
|
|
msgstr "Person bearbeiten Dialog - Adressen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2525(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Addresses Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Adress Reiter des Person bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2537(term) C/gramps.xml:3215(term) C/gramps.xml:3692(term)
|
|
msgid "Notes"
|
|
msgstr "Notizen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2541(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Notes"
|
|
msgstr "Person bearbeiten Dialog - Notizen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2550(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Notes Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Notiz Reiter des Person bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2556(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tab provides a place to record various items about the person that do not fit neatly into other categories. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2561(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Format</guilabel> option lets you set the way the note will appear in reports and web pages. If you select \"Flowed,\" the text generated will have single spaces put in place of all multiple spaces, tabs, and single end-of-line characters. A blank line inserted between two blocks of text will signal a new paragraph; additional inserted lines will be ignored."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2569(para) C/gramps.xml:3231(para)
|
|
msgid "If you select the Preformatted option, the text in reports and web pages will appear exactly as you enter it in the <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2578(term) C/gramps.xml:3163(term) C/gramps.xml:3524(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:3793(term) C/gramps.xml:3959(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4062(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4164(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Sources"
|
|
msgstr "Quellen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2582(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Sources"
|
|
msgstr "Person bearbeiten Dialog - Quellen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2591(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Sources Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Quellen Reiter des Person bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2598(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab allows you to view and document the sources for the information you collect. These might be general sources that do not describe a specific event, but which nevertheless yield information about the person. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention her great-grandson Paul, the researcher may assume that this Paul actually existed and cite Aunt Martha's memoirs as the source that justifies this assumption."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2608(para)
|
|
msgid "Sources which document specific events are best recorded as sources of the event (under the <guilabel>Events</guilabel> tab) instead of as a source of the person. The person's <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab is best used for any sources not specifically connected to any other data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2615(para)
|
|
msgid "The central part displays the list of all source references stored in the database in relation to the person. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this person. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2627(term) C/gramps.xml:3238(term) C/gramps.xml:3342(term) C/gramps.xml:3542(term)
|
|
msgid "Gallery"
|
|
msgstr "Gallerie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2630(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab lets you view and store photos, videos, and other media objects that are associated with the person. The central part of the window lists all such media objects. Any object in the form of a valid image file will result in the display of a thumbnail view of the image. For other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., a corresponding file type icon is displayed instead."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2639(para)
|
|
msgid "The first available image in the gallery will be also displayed in the <guilabel>Image</guilabel> area in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2644(para)
|
|
msgid "The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Select</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add a new image to the database, link to an image already stored in the database, modify an image, and remove a given media object from the person's gallery. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2654(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Gallery"
|
|
msgstr "Person bearbeiten Dialog - Gallerie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2663(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Gallery Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Gallerie Reiter des Person bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2671(para)
|
|
msgid "Removing a media object from a person's gallery does not remove it from the database. It only removes the reference to that object from this person's record."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2681(term) C/gramps.xml:3564(term)
|
|
msgid "Internet"
|
|
msgstr "Internet"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2684(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Internet</guilabel> tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the person. The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The \"Go\" button (represented by an icon having a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, <guibutton>-</guibutton>, and <guibutton>Go</guibutton> buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2699(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Internet"
|
|
msgstr "Person bearbeiten Dialog - Internet"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2707(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Internet Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Internet Reiter des Person bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2719(term)
|
|
msgid "Associations"
|
|
msgstr "Verknüpfungen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2722(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Associations</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit information about the associations between people in the database. The associations may include Godparents, family friends, or any other types of associations you may wish to record."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2729(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - Associations"
|
|
msgstr "Person bearbeiten Dialog - Verknüpfungen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2737(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Associations Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Verknüpfungen Reiter des Person bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2749(term) C/gramps.xml:3258(term)
|
|
msgid "LDS"
|
|
msgstr "HLT"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2752(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>LDS</guilabel> (Latter Days Saints) tab lets you view and edit information about LDS ordinances of the person. These are LDS Baptism, Endowment, and Sealed to Parents ordinances, as labeled inside the tab. Each ordinance is described by its date, LDS temple, and Place where it happened. An additional pop-up menu, \"Parents,\" is available for the Sealed to Parents ordinance. Each ordinance can be further described through the selections available in the Status pop-up menu. It can also be include notes and references to sources through the corresponding <guibutton>Sources...</guibutton> and <guibutton>Note</guibutton> buttons."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2765(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Person dialog - LDS"
|
|
msgstr "Person bearbeiten Dialog - HLT"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2773(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows LDS Tab of Edit Person dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt HLT Reiter des Person bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2784(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Dates"
|
|
msgstr "Daten bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2786(para)
|
|
msgid "This section describes how to enter and modify dates. Since dates are so important in genealogical research, GRAMPS takes special care to preserve and use any date information available."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2790(para)
|
|
msgid "Information can be entered into a date field by directly typing it or by invoking the <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog. Both methods will be discussed below, but first, we will cover some important features of dates as they are used in GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2796(title)
|
|
msgid "Date types"
|
|
msgstr "Datums Arten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2798(para)
|
|
msgid "Dates in GRAMPS are classified according to the following types:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2803(term)
|
|
msgid "Regular"
|
|
msgstr "Regulär"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2806(para)
|
|
msgid "A \"regular\" date is one which includes a specific day, date, or month. It can be complete (e.g., June 6, 1990) or partial (e.g., July 1977)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2813(term)
|
|
msgid "Before"
|
|
msgstr "Vor"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2816(para)
|
|
msgid "A \"before\" date is one that can only be identified as occurring before a certain day, month, or year."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2822(term)
|
|
msgid "After"
|
|
msgstr "Nach"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2825(para)
|
|
msgid "An \"after\" date is one that occurs after a certain day, month, or year."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2831(term)
|
|
msgid "Range"
|
|
msgstr "Zeitraum"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2834(para)
|
|
msgid "A \"range\" describes a time period during which the event occurred. For example, \"between January 1932 and March 1932.\""
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2841(term)
|
|
msgid "Span"
|
|
msgstr "Zeitspanne"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2844(para)
|
|
msgid "A \"span\" describes a time period during which a condition existed. For example, \"from May 12, 2000 to February 2, 2002.\""
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2853(title)
|
|
msgid "Date formats and parsing rules"
|
|
msgstr "Datumsformate und Syntaxanalyseregeln"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2855(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS recognizes dates entered in a variety of formats. The default numeric format is that which is conventional for the environment is which GRAMPS is operating; that is, DD.MM.YYYY for most European countries, MM/DD/YYYY for the U.S., and so on."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2860(para)
|
|
msgid "Besides exact dates, GRAMPS recognizes many dates that are not regular: before, after, about, ranges and spans. It also understands the quality: estimated or calculated. Finally, it supports partial dates and many alternative calendars. Below is the list of date entry rules to allow precise date parsing."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2867(title)
|
|
msgid "Date parsing rules"
|
|
msgstr "Datums Syntaxanalyseregeln"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2869(para)
|
|
msgid "The list only applies to the English version of GRAMPS. If you are using localized version of GRAMPS, your version may or may not provide a localized date parser. At the time of this writing, localized parsers exist for French, German, Russian, Finnish, Dutch and Spanish languages."
|
|
msgstr "Die Liste gilt nur für die englische Version von GRAMPS. Wenn Sie eine lokalisierte Version von GRAMPS verwenden, kann muß sie aber nicht eine lokalisierte Datumsprüfung enthalten. Zur Zeit existieren Datumsprüfungen für folgende Sprachen: Französisch, Deutsch, Russisch, Finnisch, Niederländisch und Spanisch."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2875(para)
|
|
msgid "If the localized parser is available for your version, chances are that other rules are in effect. If there is no manual in your language yet, you may try following your instinct and go with the common ways of denoting dates in your language. If all else fails, use the <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog described below."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2885(para)
|
|
msgid "Regular single dates can be entered just as you would write them. Examples: May 24, 1961 or January 1, 2004."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2890(para)
|
|
msgid "Dates that are not regular should start with the quality: <guilabel>estimated</guilabel> or <guilabel>calculated</guilabel>, if applicable. Example: est. 1961, or calc 2005. (Note that a quality does not need to be specified for regular dates.)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2898(para)
|
|
msgid "After the quality should appear the type. If the type is <guilabel>before</guilabel>, <guilabel>after</guilabel>, or <guilabel>about</guilabel>, you scan specify the type by writing \"before\", \"after\" or \"about\". If the type is a range, write \"between DATE and DATE\", and if the type is a span, write \"from DATE to DATE\". patterns, where DATE is a single date."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2905(para)
|
|
msgid "Examples: est from 2001 to 2003, before June 1975, est about 2000, calc between May 1900 and January 1, 1990."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2910(para)
|
|
msgid "Partial dates are entered simply by omitting unknown information. Examples: May 1961 and 2004."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2915(para)
|
|
msgid "Alternate calendars are calendars other than the Gregorian calendar. Currently, GRAMPS supports Hebrew, French Republican, Julian, Islamic, and Persian alternate calendars. To specify the calendar other than the default Gregorian, append the name of the calendar to the date string, e.g. \"January 9, 1905 (julian)\"."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2926(title)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Date Validity Indicators"
|
|
msgstr "Datum Gültikeitsanzeigen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2928(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS uses color circles to indicate the validity of the entered date."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS benutzt Farbkreise um die Gültigkeit einenes eingegebenen Datums anzuzeigen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2932(title)
|
|
msgid "Date LED buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Datums LED Knöpfe"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2934(para)
|
|
msgid "The color circles are also referred to as the LED buttons. Clicking on an LED button will invoke the <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog described in detail below, see <xref linkend=\"adv-dates-gui\"/>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2942(para)
|
|
msgid "A green circle means that the date is valid and complete regular date (e.g. May 24, 1961). In simple terms, green means that the date corresponds to a unique date."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2948(para)
|
|
msgid "Yellow circle means that the date is valid but is not a regular date. This could be the date of a different type: a before date (before May 25, 1962), an after date (after May, 1960), an about date (about May 23, 1961), a range (between May 1, 1961 and May 31, 1961), or a span (from May 1, 1961 to May 31, 1961). It can also be a complete single date, but with quality of Estimated or Calculated. Finally, it could be a partial date, i.e. a regular quality single date missing some portion, e.g. May 1961 or 1961."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2958(para)
|
|
msgid "While partial dates do not uniquely define the day, they allow at least for some type of comparisons between the dates."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2964(para)
|
|
msgid "Red circle means that the date is not recognized as a valid date (e.g. \"Christmas week of 61\", or \"the summer when I had surgery\"). In such a case the date will be stored as a text string and therefore cannot be compared other dates. As you can see, it is best to avoid such date entries. It would be better, for example, to enter a date of \"December 1961\" and then to add the note \"Christmas week of '61.\""
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2976(title)
|
|
msgid "Graphical User Interface for Entering Dates"
|
|
msgstr "Grafische Benutzerschnittstelle zur Datumseingabe"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2978(para)
|
|
msgid "While the above parsing rules provide a guide for you to type in most common dates, you can also use <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog. The dialog is particularly useful for building a complex date or for simply insuring that your information is entered in a way GRAMPS will understand. The <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog can be invoked by clicking the colored circle button next to the date entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2987(title)
|
|
msgid "Date selection dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Datumsauswahl Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:2995(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Date selection dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Datumsauswahl Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3001(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> menu lets you choose a calendar other than the default Gregorian. The <guilabel>Quality</guilabel> menu gives you the choices of Regular, Estimated, or Calculated. The <guilabel>Type</guilabel> menu allows you establish the exact date type: Regular, Before, After, About, Range, Span, and Text only. You can set the <guilabel>Date</guilabel> by setting the day, the month, and the year. In the event that your date type is Range or Span, the <guilabel>Second date</guilabel> will be activated. Finally, the <guilabel>Text comment</guilabel> text entry field allows storing an arbitrary text string along with the date."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3014(para)
|
|
msgid "If you have an important comment to make about a date, you are better off doing so in a Note that corresponds to the event than in the Text comment field of the <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog. We recommend this for the following reason: If you enter a date by typing it directly into the date field (that is, not via the <guilabel>Date selector</guilabel> dialog), your entry will be copied and stored as the text comment string when GRAMPS parses the entered text. Thus, any comment that may have been there prior to the parsing will be overwritten."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3028(title)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About Relationships"
|
|
msgstr "Informationen über Beziehungen bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3030(para)
|
|
msgid "Information about relationships is entered and edited through the <guilabel>Family Editor</guilabel> dialog. This dialog may be invoked in a number of ways:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3036(para)
|
|
msgid "From Relationships View: click on an <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button in the family that you want to edit."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3041(para)
|
|
msgid "From Family List View: select the family in the list and then click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button on the Toolbar, or double-click on the family."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3046(para)
|
|
msgid "From Pedigree View: point your mouse over the black line connecting the spouses, right-click and select <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> from the context menu, or double-click on the black line."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3053(para)
|
|
msgid "Any of these methods will prompt you with the following <guilabel>Family Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3057(title)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Family Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Familien Editor Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3065(phrase)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Shows Family Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Familien Editor Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3071(para)
|
|
msgid "The top of the window shows the names of the people whose relationship is being edited, as well as their birth and death information. The main part of the window displays three <guilabel>Relationship Information</guilabel> fields and the seven notebook tabs representing different categories of information about the relationship. Click any tab to view or edit the information it contains. The bottom part has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button at any time will close the window without applying any changes. If any of the data in any tab is modified, an alert window will appear that will prompt you choose between closing the dialog without saving changes, canceling the initial cancel request, or saving the changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3089(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will immediately save changes to the database. This version of GRAMPS does not have a separate saving function, all changes are immediate."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3099(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Relationship Information</guilabel> section fields have the basic description of the relationship. The <guilabel>GRAMPS ID</guilabel> field displays the ID number which labels this relationship in the database. The available types (such as Married, Unmarried, etc.) can be chosen from the drop-down <guilabel>Relationship type</guilabel> menu. The <guilabel>Marker</guilabel> allows you to specify some basic information on the status of your research."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3109(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of relationship data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3114(term)
|
|
msgid "Children"
|
|
msgstr "Kinder"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3117(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Children</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit the list of children in this relationship. The <guibutton>+</guibutton> button allows entering a new person to the database and adding that person as a child in this relationship. The <guibutton>Select</guibutton> button lets you select an existing person to be a child in the relationship. The <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button allows for editing the relations between the selected child and the parents. Finally, the <guibutton>-</guibutton> lets you remove the selected child from the relationship. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a child is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3132(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Removing a child from the list does not delete that child from the database. It simply removes the child from this relationship."
|
|
msgstr "Das Entfernen eines Kindes von der Liste löscht dieses Kind nicht aus der Datenbank. Es entfernt einfach das Kind aus dieser Beziehung."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3144(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Events</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit the list of events relevant to the relationship. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, or remove an event record from the database. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3154(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Removing an event from the list does not delete that event from the database. It simply removes the event reference from this relationship."
|
|
msgstr "Das Entfernen eines Ereignis aus der Liste löscht dieses Ereignis nicht aus der Datenbank. Es entfernt einfach das Ereignis aus dieser Beziehung."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3166(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit a list of references to the sources that provide evidence for the relationship. These might be documents that refer to the relationship, but which do not necessarily document it officially. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention that her great-grandson Paul was married, the researcher may take this as evidence of the relationship between Paul and his wife existed and cite the memoirs as the source for this assumption."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3178(para)
|
|
msgid "Sources that document specific events such as marriages or divorces are better filed in relation to those events, under the Events tab."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3183(para)
|
|
msgid "The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow let you add, modify, and remove a source reference to this relationship. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3192(para)
|
|
msgid "Removing an entry from the list does not delete that source from the database. It simply removes the source reference from this relationship."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3203(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Attributes</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit particular information about the relationship that can be expressed as attributes. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3218(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit notes associated with the relationship. These could be any comments which do not naturally fit into the \"Parameter-Value\" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3224(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Format</guilabel> option lets you set the way the note will appear in reports and web pages. If you select Flowed, the text generated will have single spaces put in place of all multiple spaces, tabs, and single end-of-line characters. A blank line inserted between two blocks of text will signal a new paragraph; additional inserted lines will be ignored."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3241(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with the relationship. The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic GRAMPS icon. The buttons <guilabel>+</guilabel>, <guilabel>Select</guilabel>, <guilabel>Edit</guilabel>, and <guilabel>-</guilabel> let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> and <guilabel>-</guilabel> buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3261(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>LDS</guilabel> (Latter Days Saints) tab displays information about the LDS <guilabel>Sealed to Spouse</guilabel> ordinance. The data can include date, LDS temple, and Place. The status of the ordinance can be described through the selections available in the <guilabel>Status</guilabel> pop-up menu and can also be referenced in the corresponding <guibutton>Sources...</guibutton> and <guibutton>Note</guibutton> buttons."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3276(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About Sources"
|
|
msgstr "Informationen über Quellen bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3278(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit source data, switch to the Sources View and select the desired entry in the list of sources. Double-click that entry or click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> icon on the toolbar to invoke the following <guilabel>Source Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3284(title)
|
|
msgid "Source Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Quelle bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3292(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Source Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Quelle bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3298(para)
|
|
msgid "The main part of the window displays four notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3308(para) C/gramps.xml:3636(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will immediately save changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3318(para)
|
|
msgid "The general information at the top of the window lets you define basic information about the source: its <guilabel>Title</guilabel>, <guilabel>Author</guilabel>, <guilabel>Abbreviation</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Publication information</guilabel>. You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3324(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of source data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3329(term) C/gramps.xml:3512(term) C/gramps.xml:3811(term) C/gramps.xml:3978(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4081(guilabel) C/gramps.xml:4183(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Note"
|
|
msgstr "Notiz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3332(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3345(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given source (for example, a photo of a birth certificate). The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic GRAMPS icon. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Select</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the source. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3365(term)
|
|
msgid "Data"
|
|
msgstr "Daten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3368(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Data</guilabel> tab displays \"Key/Value\" pairs that may be associated with the source. These are similar to the \"Attributes\" used for other types of GRAMPS records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source references and notes, while Key/Value data may not."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3375(para)
|
|
msgid "The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3388(term)
|
|
msgid "Repositories"
|
|
msgstr "Aufbewahrungsorte"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3391(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Repositories</guilabel> tab displays the references to the repositories in which the source is contained. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Title</guilabel>, <guilabel>Call Number</guilabel>,and <guilabel>Type</guilabel>. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record. You may also edit the reference. The buttons on the side of the tab allow you add a new repository, link to (or share) an existing repository, edit the reference to the repository, or remove the reference."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3407(term) C/gramps.xml:3587(term) C/gramps.xml:3708(term)
|
|
msgid "References"
|
|
msgstr "Referenzen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3410(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>References</guilabel> tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Name</guilabel>. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3418(para)
|
|
msgid "Only primary objects can be shown in the <guilabel>References</guilabel> tab: Person, Family, Event, Place, or Media object. Secondary objects such as Names and Attributes can only be accessed through the primary objects to which they belong."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3430(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About Places"
|
|
msgstr "Informationen über Orte bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3432(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit information about places, switch to the Places View and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button on the toolbar to bring up the following <guilabel>Place Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3439(title)
|
|
msgid "Place Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Orte bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3447(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Place Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Orte bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3453(para)
|
|
msgid "The main part of the window displays seven notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3463(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will immediately save changes to the database). All changes are immediate."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3468(para)
|
|
msgid "If a tab label is in boldface type and displays an icon, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3472(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs represent following categories of place data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3479(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab you view and edit the basic information about the place: the <guilabel>Title</guilabel> which labels it in the database, <guilabel>City</guilabel>, <guilabel>Church parish</guilabel>, <guilabel>County</guilabel>, <guilabel>State</guilabel>, <guilabel>Country</guilabel>, <guilabel>Longitude</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Latitude</guilabel>. You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3493(term)
|
|
msgid "Other names"
|
|
msgstr "Andere Namen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3496(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Other names</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit other names by which the place might be known. The bottom part of the window lists all other names of the place stored in the database. The top part of the window shows the details of the currently selected name in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove a name record. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a name is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3515(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab displays any comments or notes concerning the place. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3527(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to a place. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3545(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Gallery</guilabel> tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given place. The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic GRAMPS icon. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Select</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the place. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3567(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Internet</guilabel> tab contains Internet addresses relevant to the place. The bottom part of the window lists all such Internet addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The <guibutton>Go</guibutton> button (represented by an icon with a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your browser and takes you to the web page corresponding to the highlighted Internet address. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, <guibutton>-</guibutton>, and <guibutton>Go</guibutton> buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3590(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>References</guilabel> tab indicates any database records (events or LDS ordinances) that refer to a place. This information cannot be modified from the <guilabel>Place Editor</guilabel> dialog. Instead, the corresponding database record (e.g., a birth event) has to be brought up and its place reference edited."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3602(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About Media Objects"
|
|
msgstr "Informationen über Medienobjekte bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3604(para)
|
|
msgid "To edit media data, switch to the Media View and select the desired entry in the list of sources. Double-click on that entry or click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> on the toolbar to invoke the following <guilabel>Media Properties Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3610(title)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Media Properties Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Medieneigenschaften bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3618(phrase)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Shows Media Properties Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Medieneigenschaften bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3624(para)
|
|
msgid "A thumbnail preview of the object is presented, along with a summary of its properties (ID, path, and object type). The central part of the window displays five notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3646(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs represent the following categories of media data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3654(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit the object's Title and Date. You can type this information directly into the corresponding fields. For the Date, you can also enter information by clicking the LED button and invoking the <guilabel>Date selection</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3661(para)
|
|
msgid "Every media object is referred to by its Path. The user is responsible for keeping track of the object files. GRAMPS will only reference and display the contents, not manage the files themselves."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3675(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Attributes</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit particular information about the media object that can be expressed as Attributes. The bottom part displays the list of all such attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3695(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. This area is particularly useful for recording information that does not naturally fit into the \"Parameter/Value\" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3711(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>References</guilabel> tab indicates any database records that refer to a given media object. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, <guilabel>ID</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Name</guilabel>. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3719(para)
|
|
msgid "Only primary objects can be shown in the <guilabel>References</guilabel> tab: Person, Family, Event, Source, or Place. The secondary objects such as Names and Attributes, although able to refer the media object, will only show up through their primary objects to which they belong."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3732(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Information About Events"
|
|
msgstr "Informationen über Ereignisse bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3734(para)
|
|
msgid "Events are edited through the <guilabel>Event Editor</guilabel> dialog. This dialog can be accessed from either the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog or the <guilabel>Marriage/Relationship</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3740(title)
|
|
msgid "Event Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Ereignisse bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3748(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Event Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Ereignisse bearbeiten Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3754(para)
|
|
msgid "The central part of the window displays five notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3768(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of the event data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3776(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit basic information about the event: its <guilabel>Type</guilabel>, <guilabel>Date</guilabel>, <guilabel>Place</guilabel>, <guilabel>Cause</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Description</guilabel>. You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields. The type can be selected from available types listed in the Event type drop-down menu. The rest of the information can be typed in the appropriate text entry fields. Checking the Private record box marks the event record as private and allows it to be omitted from reports."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3796(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to an event. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3814(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the event. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3826(title)
|
|
msgid "Editing Source References"
|
|
msgstr "Quellen Referenzen bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3828(para)
|
|
msgid "Source references connect a Source to another object and allow you to provide additional information about the source. When adding source references to events, places, etc., the following dialog appears:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3834(title)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Source Information dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Quellen Informationen Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3842(phrase)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Shows Source Information dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Quellen Informationen Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3848(para)
|
|
msgid "The dialog includes two main headings, <guilabel>Source selection</guilabel> and <guilabel>Source details</guilabel>. <guilabel>Source selection</guilabel> displays the <guilabel>Title</guilabel> of the Source, its <guilabel>Author</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Publication information</guilabel>. The <guilabel>Title</guilabel> can be selected from the available sources listed in the drop-down menu. If the source you are referencing is not already in the database, you can enter it by clicking <guibutton>New...</guibutton> and filling out the invoked <guilabel>Source Editor</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3859(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Source details</guilabel> section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Source: <guilabel>Confidence</guilabel>, <guilabel>Volume/Film/Page</guilabel>, <guilabel>Date</guilabel>, <guilabel>Text</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Comments</guilabel>. You can choose the Confidence level from the <guilabel>Confidence</guilabel> drop-down menu. The remaining details can be typed in the corresponding text entry fields."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3869(para)
|
|
msgid "Information in this dialog is specific to the particular reference. A single source can be referenced many times, and all such references will have in common the overall source information. This dialog lets you provide reference-specific data, such as relevant quotes, comments, confidence, page numbers, etc., to further specify and document the reference."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3881(para)
|
|
msgid "Names are edited through the following <guilabel>Name Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3885(title)
|
|
msgid "Name Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Name bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3893(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Name Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Name bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3899(para)
|
|
msgid "The top of the window shows the dialog title including the name of the person whose name is being edited. The central part of the window displays three notebook tabs containing different categories of available information. You can bring any tab to the top for viewing or editing by clicking on the appropriate tab heading. The bottom part has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button at any time will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3911(para) C/gramps.xml:4032(para) C/gramps.xml:4135(para)
|
|
msgid "The tab labels reflect the presence of corresponding information: if the tab contains any data, its label appears boldface; if the tab has no data then its label appears regular (not bold)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3917(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of the name data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3925(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab allows editing of general information about the name: given name, family name, patronymic (a form of father's name used in some languages, e.g. Russian), family prefix, suffix, title, and type of the name. The information can be typed in the appropriate text entry fields. The family name and the type can be also selected from available choices listed in the appropriate drop-down menus."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3934(para)
|
|
msgid "<guilabel>Options</guilabel> allow you to adjust specific grouping, sorting, and displaying properties of this name, as well as to provide the date corresponding to the name. The <guilabel>Grouping</guilabel> field provides an alternative grouping node for a given name, overriding the default grouping based on the family name. This may be necessary with similar family names that need to be grouped together -- for example Russian names Ivanov and Ivanova are considered the same, but difference in gender is reflected in different spelling. To enable typing into this field, check the <guilabel>Override</guilabel> check button. The <guilabel>Sort as</guilabel> and <guilabel>Display as</guilabel> determine the manner in which the name appears in the People View and in the reports. The <guilabel>Date</guilabel> can provide information on the validity of this name -- use spans as necessary. Check the <guilabel>Private record</guilabel> box to mark this name record as private. This will give you a chance to omit this name from being included in reports, if you choose so among the report generation options."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3962(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab displays information about sources relevant to this name and controls allowing its modification. The central part displays the list of all such sources' references stored in the database. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this name. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3981(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab displays any notes concerning the name. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:3985(para) C/gramps.xml:4088(para) C/gramps.xml:4190(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Format</guilabel> option allows you to set the appearance of the note in the output (i.e. in reports and web pages). Selecting <guilabel>Flowed</guilabel> will replace all multiple spaces, tabs, and single end-of-line characters with single space in the output. The two consecutive new lines (i.e. an empty line) denote a new paragraph. Selecting <guilabel>Preformatted</guilabel> will honor all multiple spaces tabs, and new lines, so that the output will appear as it is entered into the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4002(para)
|
|
msgid "Attributes are edited through the following <guilabel>Attribute Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4006(title)
|
|
msgid "Attribute Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Eigenschaft bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4014(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Attribute Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Eigenschaft bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4020(para)
|
|
msgid "The top of the window shows the dialog title including the name of the person whose attribute is being edited. The central part of the window displays three notebook tabs containing different categories of available information. You can bring any tab to the top for viewing or editing by clicking on the appropriate tab heading. The bottom part has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button at any time will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4038(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of the attribute data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4046(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab allows editing of the most general information about the attribute: name of the attribute and its value. The information can be typed in the appropriate text entry fields. The attribute name can also be selected from available choices (if any) listed in the <guilabel>Attribute </guilabel> drop-down menu. Check the <guilabel>Private record</guilabel> box to mark this attribute record as private. This will give you a chance to omit this attribute from being included in the reports, if you choose so among the report generation options."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4065(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab displays information about sources relevant to this attribute and controls allowing its modification. The central part displays the list of all such sources references stored in the database. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this attribute. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4084(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab displays any notes concerning the attribute. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4105(para)
|
|
msgid "Addresses are edited through the following <guilabel>Address Editor</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4109(title)
|
|
msgid "Address Editor dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Adresse bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4117(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Address Editor dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Adresse bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4123(para)
|
|
msgid "The top of the window shows the dialog title including the name of the person whose address is being edited. The central part of the window displays three notebook tabs containing different categories of available information. You can bring any tab to the top for viewing or editing by clicking on the appropriate tab heading. The bottom part has <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> buttons. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button at any time will close the window without applying any changes."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4141(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs provide the following information categories of the address data:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4149(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab allows editing of the most general information about the address: date, street address, city or county, state or province, country, the postal code, and the phone number. The information can be typed in the appropriate text entry fields. Check the <guilabel>Private record</guilabel> box to mark this address record as private. This will give you a chance to omit this address from being included in reports, if you choose so among the report generation options."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4167(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Sources</guilabel> tab displays information about sources relevant to this address and controls allowing its modification. The central part displays the list of all such sources references stored in the database. The buttons <guibutton>+</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and <guibutton>-</guibutton> allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this address. Note that the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> and <guibutton>-</guibutton> buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4186(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Note</guilabel> tab displays any notes concerning the address. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4205(title)
|
|
msgid "Merging records"
|
|
msgstr "Datensätze verschmelzen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4207(para)
|
|
msgid "Sometime several records in the database turn out to be describing the same object: same person, same place, or same source. It could happen either when the data is entered twice by mistake, or when new information reveals that the two entries refer to the same person. It can also happen after importing GEDCOM obtained from a relative, whose database overlaps with your existing data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4214(para)
|
|
msgid "Whenever you detect duplicate records, merging them a useful way of correcting the situation."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4218(para)
|
|
msgid "To make a merge, exactly two records have to be selected in the appropriate view (People View, Sources View, or Places View). This is accomplished by selecting one entry and then selecting another person while holding down <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4225(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge People"
|
|
msgstr "Personen zusammenfassen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4227(para)
|
|
msgid "There are two ways of merging personal records: <guilabel>Compare and Merge</guilabel> and <guilabel>Fast Merge</guilabel>, both available from the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4233(para)
|
|
msgid "Merging people does not discard any information with either method. The decisions you make during the merge only affect which data will become primary and which will become secondary for the resulting merged record."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4241(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Compare and Merge"
|
|
msgstr "Vergleichen und Zusammenfassen "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4244(para)
|
|
msgid "When exactly two people are selected, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare and Merge...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to invoke <guilabel>Compare People</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4252(title)
|
|
msgid "Compare People dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Personen vergleichen Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4260(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Compare People dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Personen vergleichen Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4266(para)
|
|
msgid "The dialog allows you to make a decision on whether or not the selected records should be merged. If you decide that the records should not be merged, despite similar names, you may click <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to close the dialog without making any changes. If you decide to proceed with merging, select the appropriate <guilabel>Select</guilabel> radio button to specify the record to be used as the source of primary data, then click <guibutton>Merge and close</guibutton>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4276(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "The data from the other record will be kept as alternate data. Specifically, all names from the other record will become alternate names of the merged record. Similarly, parents, spouses, and children of the other record will become alternate parents, spouses, and children of the merged record, and so on."
|
|
msgstr "Die Daten von dem anderen Datensatz werden als Zweitdaten behalten. Spezifisch werden alle Namen von dem anderen Datensatz Zweitnamen des vermischten Datensatz. Ähnlich werden Eltern, Gatten und Kinder des anderen Datensatz zweit Eltern, Gatten und Kinder des vermischten Datensatz und so weiter."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4288(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Fast Merge"
|
|
msgstr "Schnell Zusammenfassung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4291(para)
|
|
msgid "When exactly two people are selected, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fast Merge</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to invoke <guilabel>Merge People</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4299(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge People dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Personen zusammenfassen Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4307(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Merge People dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Personen zusammenfassen Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4313(para)
|
|
msgid "The dialog allows you to quickly merge two records, specifying the record to be used as the source of primary data. The data from the other record will be kept as alternate data. Specifically, all names from the other record will become alternate names of the merged record. Similarly, parents, spouses, and children of the other record will become alternate parents, spouses, and children of the merged record, and so on."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4323(para)
|
|
msgid "If you are not certain whether or not you need to merge the records, or which record to specify as the source of primary data, use <guilabel>Compare and Merge</guilabel> method described above.."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4334(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge Sources"
|
|
msgstr "Quellen zusammenfassen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4336(para)
|
|
msgid "When exactly two sources are selected, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare and Merge...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to invoke <guilabel>Merge Sources</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4344(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge Sources dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Quellen zusammenfassen Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4352(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Merge Sources dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Quellen zusammenfassen Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4358(para)
|
|
msgid "The dialog allows you to make a decision on whether or not the selected records should be merged. If you decide that the records should not be merged, despite similar titles, you may click <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to close the dialog without making any changes. If you decide to proceed with merging, choose the appropriate radio button to specify the title, author, abbreviated title, publication information, and the ID to be used for the merged record, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4369(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge Places"
|
|
msgstr "Orte zusammenfassen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4371(para)
|
|
msgid "When exactly two places are selected, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare and Merge...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to invoke <guilabel>Select title</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4379(title)
|
|
msgid "Merge Places dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Orte zusammenfassen Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4387(phrase)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Shows Select title dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Titel Auswahl Dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4393(para)
|
|
msgid "The dialog allows you to make a decision on whether or not the selected records should be merged. If you decide that the records should not be merged, despite similar titles, you may click <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to close the dialog without making any changes. If you decide to proceed with merging, choose the appropriate radio button to specify the title of the merged record, or specify <guilabel>Other</guilabel> and enter new text, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4406(title)
|
|
msgid "Navigation"
|
|
msgstr "Navigation"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4408(para)
|
|
msgid "As long as any database is open, GRAMPS is focused on a single person usually referred to as an Active Person. This allows you to view or modify the data concerning this person, his or her immediate family, etc. Navigating in the database (i.e. moving from person to person) is in fact nothing else but changing the Active Person. This section describes many alternative ways to navigate through the database using both the complex and the convenient interfaces GRAMPS provides. All these ways eventually accomplish the same thing, but some are more convenient than others, depending what you are doing in GRAMPS at the moment."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4420(title)
|
|
msgid "Using the People View"
|
|
msgstr "Die Personenansicht benutzen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4422(para)
|
|
msgid "The most intuitive way to select an Active Person is to use the People View (see <xref linkend=\"people-view\"/>). When in the People View, just select the name of the desired person from the list by clicking that list entry. The person you have selected becomes active. The statusbar updates to reflect the change of the active person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4431(title)
|
|
msgid "Using the Family View"
|
|
msgstr "Die Familienansicht benutzen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4433(para)
|
|
msgid "When in the Family View (see <xref linkend=\"relationships-view\"/>), you can easily navigate between the members of the displayed family as follows:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4439(para)
|
|
msgid "To make the currently selected spouse the Active Person, click the double-arrow button to the right of the Active Person box. Alternatively, right-click into the spouse box and select <guilabel>Make the selected spouse an Active Person</guilabel> item from the context menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4447(para)
|
|
msgid "To make the currently selected parents the active family (thereby making father the Active Person and mother the selected spouse), click the right-arrow button to the right of the active person's parents box. Alternatively, right-click into the active person's parents box and select <guilabel>Make the selected parents the active family</guilabel> item from the context menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4457(para)
|
|
msgid "To make the currently selected spouse's parents the active family (thereby making father the Active Person and mother the selected spouse), click the right-arrow button to the right of the spouse's parents box. Alternatively, right-click into the spouse's parents box and select <guilabel>Make the selected parents the active family</guilabel> item from the context menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4466(para)
|
|
msgid "To make the currently selected child the Active Person, click the left-arrow button to the right of the children box. Alternatively, right-click into the children box and select <guilabel>Make the selected child an Active Person</guilabel> item from the context menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4474(para)
|
|
msgid "In addition to this, GRAMPS provides an extensive set of keyboard navigation options. The detailed reference to the key bindings is found in the <xref linkend=\"append-keybind\"/>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4480(title)
|
|
msgid "Using the Pedigree View"
|
|
msgstr "Die Stammbaumansicht benutzen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4482(para)
|
|
msgid "The Pedigree View (see <xref linkend=\"pedigree-view\"/>) also allows you to move along the family tree. The benefit of this method is that you can see more than one generation of the family tree. Also, you can jump directly from a great-grandson to a great-grandfather without going through the intermediate generations."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4488(para)
|
|
msgid "Note that after changing the Active Person in the Pedigree View, the display is re-adjusted to show up to five generations, starting from the newly selected Active Person. When in the Pedigree View, you can easily navigate between the members of the displayed family tree as follows:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4496(para)
|
|
msgid "To make any displayed person the Active Person, right-click the corresponding box and choose the first entry in the context menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4502(para)
|
|
msgid "To make a child of the currently Active Person (if any) the Active Person, click the left arrow button to the left of the corresponding box. If there is more than one child, the button expands to the menu listing the children to choose from."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4509(para)
|
|
msgid "To move the whole family tree one generation back, click on the corresponding right arrow button on the right-hand side of the display area. Clicking the upper button will move the tree along the paternal line. Clicking the lower button will move the tree along the maternal line."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4515(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking either of these buttons is completely equivalent to double-clicking the lines connecting to the left of the corresponding boxes for father and mother."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4521(para)
|
|
msgid "You can also quickly access any of the spouses, siblings, children, or parents of any displayed person. To do this, move the mouse over the desired person's box and right-click to invoke a context menu. The appropriate menu items will contain submenus listing all spouses, siblings, children, and parents of the corresponding person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4529(title)
|
|
msgid "Advantages of using right-click menus"
|
|
msgstr "Vorteile der Benutzung von Rechtsklick-Menüs"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4533(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Direct access to spouse and siblings"
|
|
msgstr "Direkter Zugriff auf Gatte und Geschwister"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4537(para)
|
|
msgid "Complete lists of all member of all categories, not only the preferred members."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4545(title)
|
|
msgid "Setting the Home Person"
|
|
msgstr "Die Hauptperson setzen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4547(para)
|
|
msgid "One and only one person in the database can be selected as the Home person. Once the Home person is selected, moving to that person becomes a matter of a single click, regardless of which view you are using at the moment."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4552(para)
|
|
msgid "To set the Home person, first navigate to that person using any method you like. Then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Set Home person</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Once this is done, you can move to the Home person from anywhere in the database by simply clicking the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> icon on the toolbar. You can also choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu or select <guilabel>Home</guilabel> item from any context menu available on the right click."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4569(title)
|
|
msgid "Using history-based tools"
|
|
msgstr "Verlauf basierende Werkzeuge benutzen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4571(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS also features a powerful set of history-based navigation tools. These tools are similar to those commonly used in web browsers. They include <guilabel>Back</guilabel> and <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> items available from the <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu></menuchoice> menu, context menus (available in People, Family, and Pedigree views), and the toolbar buttons. They also include the list of the recent selections available under the <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu></menuchoice> menu that allows you to jump directly to any of the recent selections. Finally, right-clicking on the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> and <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar buttons invokes the popup menu with corresponding portion of the history. Select any item from the menu to jump directly to it."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4588(title)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Bookmarking People"
|
|
msgstr "Lesezeichen für Personen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4590(para)
|
|
msgid "Similar to setting the Home person, you can bookmark other people from the database to simplify further navigation. To bookmark a person, first navigate to that person, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To move to that person from anywhere in the database, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guisubmenu>Go to bookmark</guisubmenu><guimenuitem><replaceable>Person's name</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4606(para)
|
|
msgid "You can manage your bookmarks by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit bookmarks...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This opens the following <guilabel>Edit Bookmarks</guilabel> dialog with the list of bookmarks and the controls to modify this list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4615(title)
|
|
msgid "Edit Bookmarks dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Lesezeichen bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4623(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Edit Bookmarks dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Lesezeichen bearbeiten Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4631(title)
|
|
msgid "Finding records"
|
|
msgstr "Datensätze finden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4633(para)
|
|
msgid "To find a record in a database, first switch to the appropriate View that provides the list of the desired records: People, Sources, Places, or Media. Then start typing the name of a person or the title of a Source, Place, or Media object that you are looking for, respectively. You may also press <keycap>Ctrl+F</keycap> to turn on the search mode, but simply starting to type is also enough."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4641(title)
|
|
msgid "Type-ahead find"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4649(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows type-ahead find."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4655(para)
|
|
msgid "As you type, the first record in the list that is compatible with your input will be selected."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4659(title)
|
|
msgid "Finding People"
|
|
msgstr "Personen finden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4661(para)
|
|
msgid "For more complex people searches you may want to use filters. Enable filter controls by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filter</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, select the desired filter, and click <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>. For details, see <xref linkend=\"filters\"/>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4674(title)
|
|
msgid "Generating Reports"
|
|
msgstr "Berichte erstellen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4676(para)
|
|
msgid "Reports are the most common form of the output produced by genealogical research. The majority of genealogical software puts a lot of emphasis on developing nice looking reports. GRAMPS is no exception in this regard, offering a choice of a variety of reports. GRAMPS can generate reports in a multitude of open formats, both text based and graphical. GRAMPS can also produce screen based reports that are convenient for viewing a summary of your database. Finally, GRAMPS can generate a web site suitable for immediate posting on the Internet. All of these are almost infinitely flexible. If you wish to modify or extend the default format of GRAMPS report, you can design and choose the style for each of your reports."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4688(para)
|
|
msgid "All reports can be accessed through the menu by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu><guisubmenu><replaceable>Report Type</replaceable></guisubmenu><guimenuitem><replaceable>Particular Report</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, you can browse the complete selection of available reports along with their brief descriptions in a <guilabel>Report Selection</guilabel> dialog invoked by clicking the <guibutton>Reports</guibutton> icon on the toolbar."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4702(title)
|
|
msgid "Substitution Values"
|
|
msgstr "Werte ersetzen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4704(para)
|
|
msgid "Many of the graphical reports allow you to customize the information on the display. Variable substitutions are used to substitute date for a particular symbol. There are two styles of variables. The difference between the two styles is how empty data is handled."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4710(para)
|
|
msgid "The first style of variables are preceded by a '$'. If the variable evaluates to an empty string, the variable is replaced with the empty string. The second style of variables are preceded by a '%'. If the variable evaluates to an empty string, the line that contains the variable is removed from the output."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4718(term)
|
|
msgid "$n/%n"
|
|
msgstr "$n/%n"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4721(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's name in the form of FirstName LastName"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt die Personen Namen in der Form Vorname Nachname"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4727(term)
|
|
msgid "$N/%N"
|
|
msgstr "$N/%N"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4730(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's name in the form of LastName, FirstName"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt die Personen Namen in der Form Nachname, Vorname"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4736(term)
|
|
msgid "$i/%i"
|
|
msgstr "$i/%i"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4739(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the GRAMPS ID associated with the person."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt die mit der Person verknüpfte GRAMPS ID "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4744(term)
|
|
msgid "$b/%b"
|
|
msgstr "$b/%b"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4747(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's date of birth"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt das Geburtsdatum der Person"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4752(term)
|
|
msgid "$B/%B"
|
|
msgstr "$B/%B"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4755(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's place of birth"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt den Geburtsort der Person"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4760(term)
|
|
msgid "$d/%d"
|
|
msgstr "$d/%d"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4763(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's date of death"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt das Todesdatum der Person"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4768(term)
|
|
msgid "$D/%D"
|
|
msgstr "$D/%D"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4771(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the person's place of death"
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt den Sterbeort der Person"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4776(term)
|
|
msgid "$s/%s"
|
|
msgstr "$s/%s"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4779(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the name of the person's preferred spouse in the form of FirstName LastName"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4785(term)
|
|
msgid "$S/%S"
|
|
msgstr "$S/%S"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4788(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the name of the person's preferred spouse in the form of LastName, FirstName."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4794(term)
|
|
msgid "$m/%m"
|
|
msgstr "$m/%m"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4797(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the marriage date of the person and the preferred spouse."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4803(term)
|
|
msgid "$M/%M"
|
|
msgstr "$M/%M"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4806(para)
|
|
msgid "Displays the place associated with the marriage of the person and the preferred spouse."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4814(title)
|
|
msgid "Books"
|
|
msgstr "Bücher"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4816(para)
|
|
msgid "Currently, the only available report under this category is the Book Report."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4819(para)
|
|
msgid "The Book Report creates a single document (i.e. a Book) containing a collection of graphical and textual reports. Consequently, this allows for a very rich set of documents that GRAMPS can produce."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4824(para)
|
|
msgid "When Book Report is selected, the following book configuration dialog appears:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4828(title)
|
|
msgid "Book Report dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Buch Bericht Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4836(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Book Report dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Buch Bericht Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4842(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Book name</guilabel> text entry field is used to save the book (a set of configured selections) for future use. The top pane lists the items available for inclusion in the book. The bottom pane lists the currently selected items in the order they will appear in the book."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4848(para)
|
|
msgid "The horizontal set of buttons by the <guilabel>Book name</guilabel> field operates on the whole book. Click the <guibutton>Clear</guibutton> button to clear all items from the current book. Click the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to save the current book (under the name typed in the <guilabel>Book name</guilabel> text entry field) for future use."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4856(para)
|
|
msgid "Saving the book also saves the configuration for each item."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4860(para)
|
|
msgid "Click the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button to load the book from the list of previously saved books. Finally, click the <guibutton>Edit books</guibutton> button to invoke the editable list of available books."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4865(para)
|
|
msgid "The vertical set of buttons to the right of the bottom pane operates on the selected book item. Click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button to add selected item from the available list to the current book. Click the <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button to remove an item from the current book. Use <guibutton>Up</guibutton> and <guibutton>Down</guibutton> to change the items order in the current book. Click the <guibutton>Setup</guibutton> button to configure the options of the selected item of the current book."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4875(para)
|
|
msgid "The configuration dialogs invoked by <guibutton>Setup</guibutton> are item-specific. If you choose not to configure the item, same defaults will be used for all needed options. The common option for almost all book items is the center person: the person on whom the item is centered. Thanks to this option, you can create a book with items centered on different people (e.g. your mom's and dad's ancestors as separate chapters). By default, the center person is set to the Active Person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4884(para)
|
|
msgid "Almost all items available for inclusion in the book are textual or graphical reports, and are therefore available in the form of standalone reports. The exception is the following items which are only available as book items:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4891(term)
|
|
msgid "Title Page"
|
|
msgstr "Titelseite"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4894(para)
|
|
msgid "This item produces a customized Title page. You can configure the text of title, subtitle, and the footer of the page. An image can be optionally placed between the subtitle and the footer. Because of its configurability, this item can be used to create title pages for the whole book, its chapter, or even a single item."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4904(term)
|
|
msgid "Custom Text"
|
|
msgstr "Text nach Maß"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4907(para)
|
|
msgid "This item produces a page with three paragraphs, each containing custom text. The appearance of the text can be adjusted by using custom styles. This item was meant to be used for epigraphs, dedications, explanations, notes, and so forth."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4918(title)
|
|
msgid "Code Generators"
|
|
msgstr "Code Erzeuger"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4920(para)
|
|
msgid "This category contains reports that produce files that are meant to be processed by other programs. By themselves, the files will not provide meaningful information; the files must first be processed by another program. The only code generator currently available in GRAMPS is the Relationship Graph producing the GraphViz description of the graph."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4927(para)
|
|
msgid "The Relationship Graph creates a complex relationship graph in GraphViz format. The GraphViz <command>dot</command> tool can transform the graph into postscript, jpeg, png, vrml, svg, and other formats. GraphViz tools are freely available from the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.graphviz.org\">GraphViz site</ulink>. Specific options for this report include filter and number of generations considered, as well as several GraphViz-specific options related to pagination, color, and details of the graph."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4937(para)
|
|
msgid "If you are not interested in GraphViz code itself and just want to generate graphical output, GRAMPS can do it for you under the hood. Look for <guilabel>Relationship Graph</guilabel> in the Graphical Reports category, <xref linkend=\"rep-graph\"/>"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4945(title)
|
|
msgid "Graphical Reports"
|
|
msgstr "Grafische Berichte"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4947(para)
|
|
msgid "Graphical reports represent information in forms of charts and graphs. Most of the options are common among graphical reports, therefore they will be described only once, at the end of this section. The few options which are specific to a given report will be described directly in that report's entry."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4953(para)
|
|
msgid "The following graphical reports are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr "Die folgenden grafischen Berichte sind zur Zeit in GRAMPS verfügbar:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4958(term)
|
|
msgid "Ancestor Chart"
|
|
msgstr "Ahnen Grafik"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4961(para)
|
|
msgid "This report generates the chart of people who are ancestors of the Active Person. Specific options include the number of generations considered and the format of the displayed entries."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4969(term)
|
|
msgid "Ancestor Chart (Wall Chart)"
|
|
msgstr "Ahnen Grafik (Wandtafel)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4972(para)
|
|
msgid "This report is similar to the Ancestor Chart report. It provides more options which make it useful for generating huge charts suitable for a poster or a wall chart. These options include the ability to compress the report (getting rid of an empty space) and the option to fit the whole chart on to a single page. In the latter case, the contents of the chart is scaled down appropriately."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4983(term)
|
|
msgid "Descendant Graph"
|
|
msgstr "Nachkommen Diagramm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4986(para)
|
|
msgid "This report generates a graph of people who are descendants of the Active Person. Specific options include the format of the displayed entries."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4993(term)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Fan Chart"
|
|
msgstr "Fächer Diagramm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:4996(para)
|
|
msgid "This report produces a chart resembling a fan, with Active person in the center, parents the semicircle next to it, grandparents in the next semicircle, and so on, for a total of five generations."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5004(term)
|
|
msgid "Relationship Graph"
|
|
msgstr "Beziehungs Diagramm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5007(para)
|
|
msgid "This report creates a complex relationship graph in GraphViz format and then converts into graphical output running it through the GraphViz <command>dot</command> tool behind the scene. Specific options for this report include filter, options for dates and places for the events, and whether to include URLs and IDs for individuals and families. There are also several GraphViz-specific options related to pagination, color, and details of the graph."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5019(term)
|
|
msgid "Statistics Chart"
|
|
msgstr "Statistik Diagramm"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5022(para)
|
|
msgid "This report can collect and display a wealth of statistical data about your database. Specific options include filter, sorting methods, and additional birth- and gender-based limit for inclusion into statistics. You can also set the minimum number of items to qualify for the bar chart, so that the charts with fewer items will generate a pie chart instead. The <guilabel>Chart Selection</guilabel> tab allows you to check which charts you want to include in your report."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5034(term)
|
|
msgid "Timeline Graph"
|
|
msgstr "Zeitleistengrafik"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5037(para)
|
|
msgid "This report outputs the list of people with their lifetimes represented by intervals on a common chronological scale. Specific options include filter, sorting method, and the title of the report."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5045(para)
|
|
msgid "Common options for graphical reports are the filename of the output, the format of the output, selected style, page size and orientation. Optionally, the reports can be immediately opened with the default application."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5051(para) C/gramps.xml:5202(para)
|
|
msgid "The options used in reports are persistent: each report remembers its options used last time."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5057(title)
|
|
msgid "Text Reports"
|
|
msgstr "Text Berichte"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5059(para)
|
|
msgid "Text reports represent the desired information as formatted text. Most of the options are common among text reports, therefore they will be described only once, at the end of this section. The options which are specific to a given report will be described directly in that report's entry."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5065(para)
|
|
msgid "The following text reports are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr "Die folgenden schriftlichen Berichte sind zur Zeit in GRAMPS verfügbar:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5070(term)
|
|
msgid "Ahnentafel Report"
|
|
msgstr "Ahnentafel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5073(para)
|
|
msgid "This report lists the Active Person and his or her ancestors along with their vital data. The people are numbered in a special way which is an established standard called Ahnentafel. The Active Person is given number 1. His or her father and mother have numbers 2 and 3, respectively. This rule holds for every person while going back in generations: father's parents are numbered 4 and 5, and mother's parents are numbered 6 and 7, fathers always numbered with even and mothers with odd numbers. Therefore, for any person having number N in this tree, the numbers of father and mother are 2N and 2N+1, respectively."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5088(term)
|
|
msgid "Complete Individual Report"
|
|
msgstr "Vollständiger persönlicher Bericht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5091(para)
|
|
msgid "This report provides individual summaries similar to that of the Individual Summary report. The advantage of this report is the specific filter option. Depending on the filter choice (Active Person only, his or her descendants, his or her ancestors, or entire database), the report may contain from one to many individual summaries. Another option for this report is the inclusion of source information when listing events."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5102(term)
|
|
msgid "Comprehensive Ancestors Report"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5105(para)
|
|
msgid "This report produces a comprehensive description of ancestors of the Active Person. The highlights of this report include elaborate layout, images of children, present and former spouses, and source citations. Specific options: number of backward generations to consider, whether to cite sources, and whether to break pages between generations."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5115(term)
|
|
msgid "Descendant Report"
|
|
msgstr "Nachkommenübersicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5118(para)
|
|
msgid "This report produces a brief description of descendants of the Active Person. Specific options: number of forward generations to consider."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5125(term)
|
|
msgid "Detailed Ancestral Report"
|
|
msgstr "Ausführliche Ahnenübersicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5128(para)
|
|
msgid "This report covers in detail the ancestors of the active person. It includes vital data (birth and death) as well as marriages. Specific options: number of backward generations to consider, as well as a variety of options regarding the exact contents to include."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5137(term)
|
|
msgid "Detailed Descendant Report"
|
|
msgstr "Ausführliche Nachkommenübersicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5140(para)
|
|
msgid "This report covers in detail the descendants of the active person. It includes vital (birth and death) information as well as marriages. Specific options: number of forward generations to consider."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5148(term)
|
|
msgid "FTM Style Ancestral Report"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5151(para)
|
|
msgid "This report creates an ancestral report similar to that produced by the Family Tree Maker (tm) program. It covers in detail the Active Person and his/her ancestors It includes vital information as well as marriages, children, and notes. Specific options: number of backward generations to consider."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5160(term)
|
|
msgid "FTM Style Descendant Report"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5163(para)
|
|
msgid "This report creates a descendant report similar to that produced by the Family Tree Maker (tm) program. It covers in detail the Active Person and his/her descendants. It includes vital information as well as marriages, children, and notes. Specific options: number of forward generations to consider."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5173(term)
|
|
msgid "Family Group Report"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5176(para)
|
|
msgid "This creates a family group report, showing information on a set of parents and their children. Specific options: the spouse (available only if the Active Person has more than one spouse)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5184(term)
|
|
msgid "Individual Summary"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5187(para)
|
|
msgid "This report produces a detailed summary on the active person. The report includes all the facts known to the database about that person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5194(para)
|
|
msgid "Common options for text reports are the filename of the output, the format of the output, selected style, page size and orientation. For HTML reports, there is no page information. Instead, HTML options include the choice of the HTML template, either available in GRAMPS or a custom template defined by you. Optionally, the reports can be immediately opened with the default application."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5208(title)
|
|
msgid "View Reports"
|
|
msgstr "Ansichten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5210(para)
|
|
msgid "View reports are representing overall summaries of the database information available immediately for on-screen viewing. The following view reports are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5216(term)
|
|
msgid "Number of ancestors"
|
|
msgstr "Anzahl der Vorfahren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5219(para)
|
|
msgid "This report displays the number of ancestors of the active person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5225(term)
|
|
msgid "Summary of the database"
|
|
msgstr "Datenbankübersicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5228(para)
|
|
msgid "This report displays the overall statistics concerning number of individuals of each gender, various incomplete entries statistics, as well as family and media statistics."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5237(title)
|
|
msgid "Web Page"
|
|
msgstr "Webseite"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5239(para)
|
|
msgid "The only available report in this category is the Narrative Web Site report. It generates a web site (that is, a set of linked web pages), for a set of selected individuals."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5244(title)
|
|
msgid "Narrative Web Site"
|
|
msgstr "Ausführliche Webseite"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5248(term)
|
|
msgid "Introduction"
|
|
msgstr "Einleitung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5251(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS 2.0.6 introduced the Narrative Web generator. The new tool provides considerably more functionality than the older web generator. Instead of using HTML templates to customize the pages, CSS style sheets are used."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5256(para)
|
|
msgid "More information is now displayed about each person, along with information about sources, places, and media objects. Introduction pages can be added to provide additional information, such as family history."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5264(term)
|
|
msgid "Selecting the output"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5267(para)
|
|
msgid "Genealogy records can generate a lot of files. Many web servers have a difficult time with many files in a single directory. The Narrative Web Generator strives to keep the number of files per directory to a manageable level. To do this, a hierarchy of directories is created. The generated files names are not intuitive, but are unique per person. Subsequent runs will generate identical file names, making it easy to replace files."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5276(para)
|
|
msgid "By default, the output files are written to the specified directory. Because of the number of files and directories that are created, it may be difficult to transfer the files to an external web host. To aid in this, you may directly create a gzip'd tar file to more easily upload the data. This is the format that should be used if you would like to take advantage of the free genealogy page hosting at the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://family.gramps-project.org\">GRAMPS web hosting site</ulink>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5287(para)
|
|
msgid "To select the gzip'd tar file, select the <guilabel>Store web pages in .tar.gz archive</guilabel> option."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5294(term)
|
|
msgid "Applying a filter"
|
|
msgstr "Einen Filter anwenden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5297(para)
|
|
msgid "Like the previous web page generator, and most of the other GRAMPS reports, you can control what is included in the output by choosing a filter. Several default filters are provided for you, but you are free to use the Custom Filter Editor tool to create your own."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5303(para)
|
|
msgid "Any person matching this filter who is not excluded due to the privacy rules, will be included in the output. The default filter includes all people in the database."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5310(term)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Applying a style sheet"
|
|
msgstr "Ein Stylesheet anwenden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5313(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS provides six built in style sheets for your web page. Each of these style sheets produces a unique look for your pages. The generated style sheet is named <filename>narrative.css</filename>. You may edit this file if you wish to further customize your site."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5319(para)
|
|
msgid "If you make modifications to your style sheet, you need to be aware the regenerating the pages with the same output directory will overwrite your changes to this file. To prevent this from happening, make sure you choose <guilabel>No style sheet</guilabel> for subsequent runs."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5328(term)
|
|
msgid "Character set encoding"
|
|
msgstr "Zeichensatz Kodierung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5331(para)
|
|
msgid "Because of GRAMPS internationalization ability, the default character set for the HTML pages is UTF-8. This provides support for virtually all characters."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5335(para)
|
|
msgid "The Apache web server is sometimes misconfigured to override the character set specified in an HTML page. This causes problems with the UTF-8 character set generated by GRAMPS, distorting characters on the screen."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5340(para)
|
|
msgid "If your web server is misconfigured and you do not have privilege to fix the configuration, you may solve this problem by overriding the default character set to match what your web server may be expecting."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5348(term)
|
|
msgid "Copyright notice"
|
|
msgstr "Copyright Notiz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5351(para)
|
|
msgid "International copyright law reserves all rights to your data. You own the data, and people must get your permission to use it. In genealogy, however, sharing data is a common ideal. It this case, you may wish to grant the user more rights."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5357(para)
|
|
msgid "While the default for GRAMPS is to place a notice indicating that all rights are reserved, we give you the option to place your site under one of several of the Create Commons licenses. With a Creative Commons license, you grant user's certain permission to use your data without requiring them to contact you directly for permission."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5364(para)
|
|
msgid "See the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://creativecommons.org/\">Creative Commons</ulink> web site for more information."
|
|
msgstr "Schauen Sie auf die <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://creativecommons.org/\">Creative Commons</ulink> Webseite für mehr Informationen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5371(term)
|
|
msgid "Controlling page generation"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5374(para)
|
|
msgid "Three additional pages can be generated by the web page generator. The Home page is a page that will display an image and a whatever text you wish. To enable this page, choose a Media Object from the <guilabel>Home Media/Note ID</guilabel> menu on the <guilabel>Page Generation</guilabel> tab. If the Media Object contains an image, the image is displayed at the top of the page. If the Media Object contains a Note, the Note's text is used for the text of the page. A second page, the Introduction page, works similarly. Just choose the Media Object in the <guilabel>Introduction Media/Note ID</guilabel> menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5386(para)
|
|
msgid "If you choose to include a contact page, the researcher information stored in the database is displayed, along with the information specified in the <guilabel>Publisher contact/Note ID</guilabel> menu. Please use this page with caution, since you may consider your contact information to be private."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5396(term)
|
|
msgid "Privacy"
|
|
msgstr "Privatsfähre"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5399(para)
|
|
msgid "Privacy of personal information is an important issue on the web today. GRAMPS tries to give you control over the information that is presented."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5403(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS provides two options to control the privacy of your information. If you select the <guilabel>Do not include records marked private</guilabel> option, any data that is marked as private will not be displayed on the generated site. If you select <guilabel>Restrict information on living people</guilabel>, GRAMPS will attempt to determine which people have the potential of still being alive, and will omit these people from the database. Some countries have laws that indicate that a certain number of years must pass after someone's death before information can be published. The <guilabel>Years to restrict from person's death</guilabel> option allows you to specify how many years a person must be deceased before the information is included."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5417(para)
|
|
msgid "Please note that it is your responsibility to double check all information in the pages for any privacy information. GRAMPS cannot be held responsible for any privacy issues."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5425(term)
|
|
msgid "Adding custom code your pages"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5428(para)
|
|
msgid "If you are not interested in customizing your pages, you may skip the section."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5431(para)
|
|
msgid "The previous web generator allowed you to customize your pages using HTML templates. Your data would be substituted for certain markers in the code."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5435(para)
|
|
msgid "This method proved to be too cumbersome for most users. The Narrative Web Page Generator introduces a simpler mechanism. On the <guilabel>Page Generation</guilabel> tab, you may specify text (including HTML code) that will be inserted into each page, separately for the header and the footer."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5442(para)
|
|
msgid "To create this code, you need to create a Media Object marked as an internal note. To create this, add a new Media Object in the Media View, and select the internal note option. You may then enter your HTML code."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5447(para)
|
|
msgid "To insert the code from the internal notes into the web pages, select the appropriate Media Objects from the <guilabel>HTML user header</guilabel> and <guilabel>HTML user footer</guilabel> menus. Two div sections will be added to the pages - userheader and userfooter. The corresponding HTML code is inserted into the HTML page surrounded by div markers. You can customize your style sheet to provide additional formatting and positioning information to control these sections."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5464(title)
|
|
msgid "Running Tools"
|
|
msgstr "Werkzeuge benutzen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5466(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS tools allow you to perform various types of analysis of your genealogical data. Typically, the tools do not produce output in form of printouts or files. Instead, they produce screen output immediately available for the researcher. However, when appropriate, you can save the results of running a tool into a file. Tools present one of the major strengths of GRAMPS compared to the most genealogical software."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5474(para)
|
|
msgid "The tools can be accessed through the menu by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guisubmenu><replaceable>Tool Section</replaceable></guisubmenu><guimenuitem><replaceable>Particular Tool</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, you can browse the complete selection of available tools along with their brief descriptions in a <guilabel>Tool Selection</guilabel> dialog invoked by clicking the <guibutton>Tools</guibutton> icon on the toolbar."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5487(title)
|
|
msgid "Analysis and Exploration"
|
|
msgstr "Analyse und Untersuchung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5489(para)
|
|
msgid "This section contains tools which analyze and explore the database, but do not alter it. The following analysis and exploration tools are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5495(term)
|
|
msgid "Compare individual events"
|
|
msgstr "Einzelne Ereignisse vergleichen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5498(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool compares events across the selected group of people. The people for this comparison are chosen with the use of custom filters. The custom filters can be created in the Custom Filter Editor (see <xref linkend=\"tools-util-cfe\"/>) that can be invoked by clicking the <guilabel>Custom Filter Editor</guilabel> button. The resulting table produced by this tool can be saved as a spreadsheet."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5509(term)
|
|
msgid "Interactive descendant browser"
|
|
msgstr "Interaktive Übersicht der Nachkommen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5512(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool builds a tree with the Active Person being the root. Children branch from their parents in the usual manner. Use this tool for a quick glance of a person's descendants."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5518(para)
|
|
msgid "Double-clicking on tree node will bring up the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog allowing to view or modify the personal data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5528(title)
|
|
msgid "Database Processing"
|
|
msgstr "Datenbankverarbeitung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5530(para)
|
|
msgid "This section contains tools which may modify your database. The tools from this section are used mostly for finding and correcting errors in the data. The following database processing tools are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5536(para)
|
|
msgid "The modifications will only be performed upon your explicit consent, except for the automatic fixes performed by <guilabel>Check and repair database</guilabel> tool."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5543(term)
|
|
msgid "Check and repair database"
|
|
msgstr "Datenbank überprüfen und reparieren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5546(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool checks the database for integrity problems, fixing the problems it can. Specifically, the tool is checking for:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5552(para)
|
|
msgid "Broken family links. These are the cases when a person's record refers to a family while the family's record does not refer to that person, and vice versa."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5558(para)
|
|
msgid "Missing media objects. The missing media object is the object whose file is referenced in the database but does not exist. This can happen when the file is accidentally deleted, renamed, or moved to another location."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5565(para)
|
|
msgid "Empty families. These are the family entries which have no reference to any person as their member."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5570(para)
|
|
msgid "Parent relationship. This checks all families to ensure that father and mother are not mixed up. The check is also made that parents have different gender. If they have common gender then their relationship is renamed to \"Partners\"."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5581(term)
|
|
msgid "Extract information from names"
|
|
msgstr "Informationen aus Namen extrahieren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5584(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool searches the entire database and attempts to extract titles and nicknames that may be embedded in a person's <guilabel>Given name</guilabel> field. If any information could be extracted, the candidates for fixing will be presented in the table. You may then decide which to repair as suggested and which not to."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5594(term)
|
|
msgid "Find possible duplicate people"
|
|
msgstr "Finde mögliche doppelt vorkommende Personen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5597(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool searches the entire database, looking for the entries that may represent the same person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5603(term)
|
|
msgid "Fix capitalization of family names"
|
|
msgstr "Großschreibung von Familiennamen korrigieren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5606(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool searches the entire database and attempts to fix the capitalization of family names. The aim is to have conventional capitalization: capital first letter and lower case for the rest of the family name. If deviations from this rule are detected, the candidates for fixing will be presented in the table. You may then decide which to repair as suggested and which not to."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5617(term)
|
|
msgid "Rename personal event types"
|
|
msgstr "Ereignistypen umbenennen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5620(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool allows all the events of a certain name to be renamed to a new name."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5626(term)
|
|
msgid "Reorder GRAMPS IDs"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS IDs neu ordnen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5629(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool reorders the GRAMPS IDs according to the defaults of GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5637(title)
|
|
msgid "Utilities"
|
|
msgstr "Werkzeuge"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5639(para)
|
|
msgid "This section contains tools allowing you to perform a simple operation on a portion of data. The results can be saved in your database, but they will not modify your existing data. The following utilities are currently available in GRAMPS:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5645(title)
|
|
msgid "Custom Filter Editor"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5647(para)
|
|
msgid "The Custom Filter Editor builds custom filters that can be used to select people included in reports, exports, and other tools and utilities. This is in fact a very powerful tool in genealogical analysis."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5652(para)
|
|
msgid "When you launch it, the <guilabel>User defined filters</guilabel> dialog appears that lists all the filters (if any) previously defined by you. Click the <guibutton>Add...</guibutton> button to define a new filter. Once you have designed your filters, you can edit, test, and delete selected filters using the <guibutton>Edit...</guibutton>, <guibutton>Test...</guibutton>, and <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> buttons, respectively. All the filters displayed in the list will be automatically saved along with your database and will be available with subsequent sessions of GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5664(para)
|
|
msgid "The changes made to the filters only take effect when you click the <guibutton>Apply and close</guibutton> button."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5668(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking the <guibutton>Add...</guibutton> button invokes the following <guilabel>Define filter</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5672(title)
|
|
msgid "Define filter dialog"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5680(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Define filter dialog."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5686(para)
|
|
msgid "Type the name for your new filter into the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field. Enter any comment that would help you identify this filter in the future into the <guilabel>Comment</guilabel> field. Add as many rules to the <guilabel>Rule list</guilabel> as you would like to your filter using <guibutton>Add...</guibutton> button. If the filter has more than one rule, select one of the <guilabel>Rule operations</guilabel>. This allows you to choose whether all rules must apply, only one (either) rule must apply, or exactly one (either) rule must apply, in order for the filter to generate a match. If your filter has only one rule, this selection has no effect."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5699(para)
|
|
msgid "Check <guilabel>Return values that do not match the filter rules</guilabel> to invert the filter rule. For example, inverting \"has a common ancestor with I1\" rule will match everyone who does not have a common ancestor with that person)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5704(para)
|
|
msgid "Clicking the <guibutton>Add...</guibutton> button invokes the following <guilabel>Add Rule</guilabel> dialog:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5708(title)
|
|
msgid "Add Rule dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Regel hinzufügen Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5716(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Add Rule dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Regel hinzufügen Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5722(para)
|
|
msgid "The pane on the left-hand side displays available filter rules arranged by their categories in an expandable tree. For detailed filter rule reference, see <xref linkend=\"append-filtref\"/>. Click on the arrows to fold/unfold the appropriate category. Select the rule from the tree by clicking on its name. The right-hand side displays the name, the description, and the values for the currently selected rule. Once you are satisfied with your rule selection and its values, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to add this rule to the rule list of the currently edited filter. Clicking <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> will abort adding the rule to the filter."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5735(para)
|
|
msgid "A filter you have already designed may be used as a rule for another filter. This gives you nearly infinite flexibility in custom-tailoring your selection criteria that can be later used in most of the exports, reports, and some of the tools (such as comparing individual events)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5744(title)
|
|
msgid "Scratch Pad"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5746(para)
|
|
msgid "This tool provides a temporary note pad to store database records for easy reuse. In short, this is a sort of the copy-and-paste functionality extended from textual objects to other types of records used in GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5752(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Scratch Pad makes extensive use of drag-and-drop technique."
|
|
msgstr "Der Entwurfsblock macht intensiven gebrauch von der drag-and-drop Technik."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5756(para)
|
|
msgid "To invoke Scratch Pad, either choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Scratch Pad</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or click the <guilabel>ScratchPad</guilabel> button on the toolbar. The following window will appear:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5766(title)
|
|
msgid "Scratch Pad tool"
|
|
msgstr "Entwurfsblock Werkzeug"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5774(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Add Scratch Pad tool."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5780(para)
|
|
msgid "Scratch Pad supports addresses, attributes (both personal and family), events (both personal and family), names, media objects references, source references, URLs, and of course textual information of notes and comments. To store any type of these records, simply drag the existing record on to the Scratch Pad from the corresponding editor dialog. To reuse the record, drag it from the Scratch Pad on to the corresponding place in the editor, e.g. Address tab, Attribute tab, etc."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5790(para)
|
|
msgid "Some objects are showing the link icon on the left. This indicates that dragging such selection will produce a reference to an existing object, not copy the object itself."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5794(para)
|
|
msgid "For example, the media object file will not be duplicated. Instead, the reference will be made to an existing media object, which will result in the local gallery entry."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5800(para)
|
|
msgid "Scratch Pad storage is persistent within a single GRAMPS session. Closing the window will not lose the stored records. However, exiting GRAMPS will."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5807(title)
|
|
msgid "Other tools"
|
|
msgstr "Werkzeuge"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5811(term)
|
|
msgid "Generate SoundEx codes"
|
|
msgstr "SoundEx Codes generieren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5814(para)
|
|
msgid "This utility generates SoundEx codes for the names of people in the database. Please visit the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.archives.gov/research_room/genealogy/census/soundex.html\">NARA Soundex Indexing page</ulink> to learn more about Soundex Indexing System."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5823(term)
|
|
msgid "Relationship calculator"
|
|
msgstr "Beziehungen bestimmen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5826(para)
|
|
msgid "This utility calculates and displays the relationship of any person to the Active Person."
|
|
msgstr "Dieses Dienstprogramm berechnet und zeigt das Verwandschaftsverhältnis jeder Person zur aktuellen Person."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5832(term)
|
|
msgid "Verify the database"
|
|
msgstr "Datenbankprüfung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5835(para)
|
|
msgid "This utility allows you to verify the database based on the set of criteria specified by you."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5839(title)
|
|
msgid "Difference between Verify tool and previously described Check tool"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5842(para)
|
|
msgid "The Check tool detects inconsistencies in the database structure. The Verify tool, however, is detecting the records that do not satisfy your particular criteria."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5847(para)
|
|
msgid "For example, you may want to make sure that nobody in your database had children at the age of 98. Based on common sense, such a record would indicate an error. However, it is not a consistency error in the database. Besides, someone might have a child at the age of 98 (although this rarely happens). The Verify tool will display everything that violates your criteria so that you can check whether the record is erroneous or not. The ultimate decision is yours."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5865(title)
|
|
msgid "Settings"
|
|
msgstr "Einstellungen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5868(title)
|
|
msgid "Preferences"
|
|
msgstr "Einstellungen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5870(para)
|
|
msgid "Most of the settings in GRAMPS, are configured in the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog. To invoke it, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr "Die meisten Einstellungen in GRAMPS werden konfiguriert in dem <guilabel>Einstellungen</guilabel> Dialog. Um ihn aufzurufen, wähle <menuchoice><guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu><guimenuitem>Einstellungen...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5879(title)
|
|
msgid "Preferences dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Einstellungen Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5887(phrase)
|
|
msgid "Shows Preferences dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Zeigt Einstellungen Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5893(para)
|
|
msgid "The tabs on the top display the available option categories."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5899(para)
|
|
msgid "This category contains preferences relevant to the general operation of the program. Options are:"
|
|
msgstr "Diese Kategorie enthält Einstellungen, die die allgemeine Verwendung des Programms beeinflussen. Es gibt die folgenden Unterkategorien:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5904(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Automatically load last database"
|
|
msgstr "Letzte Datenbank automatisch laden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5908(para)
|
|
msgid "Check this box to automatically load the last open database on startup."
|
|
msgstr "Markieren Sie dieses Feld um beim Start automatisch die zuletzt geöffnete Datenbank zu laden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5914(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Add default source on import"
|
|
msgstr "Füge Standardquelle zum Import hinzu"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5917(para)
|
|
msgid "This option affects the importing of data. If this is set, each item that is imported will contain a source reference to the imported file."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5922(para)
|
|
msgid "Adding a default source can significantly slow down the importing your data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5929(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Enable spelling checker"
|
|
msgstr "Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5932(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the enabling and disabling of the spelling checker for notes. The gtkspell package must be loaded for this to have an effect."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5939(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Display Tip of the Day"
|
|
msgstr "Tip des Tages anzeigen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5942(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the enabling and disabling of the <guilabel>Tip of the Day</guilabel> dialog at startup."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5948(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Use shading in Relationship View"
|
|
msgstr "Benutze Schattierungen in der Beziehungsansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5951(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the enabling and disabling of shading in the Relationship View. If enabled, information will be grouped together in regions with a shaded background."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5959(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Enable database transactions"
|
|
msgstr "Verwende Transaktionen in der Datenbank"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5962(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the enabling and disabling of transactions during database operations."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5966(para)
|
|
msgid "Care must be taken with selecting this option. By default, transactions are enabled. This improves database performance and protects database integrity. However, if your system is using a version of the Python language prior to version 2.5, your database will not be portable to other machines, and if you want to transfer your data to another machine, you will need to export using the GRAMPS XML format. Disabling this option will allow databases to be portable, but at a risk of database integrity problems."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5983(title)
|
|
msgid "Display"
|
|
msgstr "Anzeige"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5985(para)
|
|
msgid "This category contains preferences relevant to the display of data. Options are:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5990(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Date format"
|
|
msgstr "Datumsformat"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5992(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the display of dates. Several different formats are available, which may be dependent on your locale."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:5999(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Surname Guessing"
|
|
msgstr "Nachnamen-Schätzung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6001(para)
|
|
msgid "This option affects the initial family name of a child when he/she is added to the database."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6007(para)
|
|
msgid "This option only affects the initial family name guessed by GRAMPS when the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog is launched. You can modify that name the way you see fit. Set this option to the value that you will most frequently use, as it will save you a lot of typing."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6016(para)
|
|
msgid "If <guilabel>None</guilabel> is selected, no guessing will be attempted. Selecting <guilabel>Father's surname</guilabel> will use the family name of the father. Selecting <guilabel>Combination of mother's and father's surname</guilabel> will use the father's name followed by the mother's name. Finally, <guilabel>Icelandic style</guilabel> will use the father's given name followed by the \"sson\" suffix (e.g. the son of Edwin will be guessed as Edwinsson)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6029(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Status bar"
|
|
msgstr "Statusleiste"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6031(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls the information displayed in the status bar. This can be either the Active Person's name and GRAMPS ID or Active Person's relationship to the Home person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6040(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Show text in sidebar buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Zeige Text in Seitenleisten-Buttons"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6042(para)
|
|
msgid "This option controls whether or not a text description is displayed next to the icon in the sidebar. This option takes effect after the program has been restarted."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6053(title)
|
|
msgid "Name Display"
|
|
msgstr "Namensdarstellung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6055(para)
|
|
msgid "This category contains preferences relevant to the display of names. In GRAMPS there are two type of name display formats: the predefined formats, and the user defined custom formats. The predefined formats are:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6062(para)
|
|
msgid "Family name, Given name Patronymic"
|
|
msgstr "Familienname, Vorname Vatername"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6066(para)
|
|
msgid "Given name Family name"
|
|
msgstr "Vorname Familienname"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6070(para)
|
|
msgid "Patronymic, Given name"
|
|
msgstr "Vatername, Vorname"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6074(para)
|
|
msgid "Given name"
|
|
msgstr "Vorname"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6078(para)
|
|
msgid "When predefined formats are not suitable one can define it's own format."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn vordefinierte Formate nicht passen, kann man sein eigenes Format definieren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6082(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Display format"
|
|
msgstr "Anzeigeformat"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6084(para)
|
|
msgid "The system wide name format is selected here from a list, which contains both the predefined and custom name formats (if any)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6089(para)
|
|
msgid "Besides the system wide setting GRAMPS allows deciding the name display format individually for every single name via the <guilabel>Name Editor</guilabel> dialog (see <xref linkend=\"adv-an\"/>)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6098(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Custom format details"
|
|
msgstr "Details zum selbstdefinierten Format"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6101(para)
|
|
msgid "It expands the custom format handling user interface."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6105(para)
|
|
msgid "Custom name display formats are stored in the databases, thus before loading any database the <guilabel>Custom format details</guilabel> expander is disabled."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6112(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Add"
|
|
msgstr "Hinzufügen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6114(para)
|
|
msgid "Opens the <guilabel>Name Format Editor</guilabel> window to define a new custom format."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6122(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Remove"
|
|
msgstr "Entfernen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6124(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Deletes the selected custom Name Display format."
|
|
msgstr "Löscht das gewählte selbstdefinierte Nammen Anzeige Format"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6131(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Edit"
|
|
msgstr "Bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6133(para)
|
|
msgid "Opens the <guilabel>Name Format Editor</guilabel> window to modify the selected custom Name Display format."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6145(title)
|
|
msgid "Name Format Editor"
|
|
msgstr "Namenformat Editor"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6147(para)
|
|
msgid "New formats are created, and existing formats are modified using this editor."
|
|
msgstr "Neue Formate werden erstellt und bestehende Formate werden in diesem Editor geändert."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6152(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Format name"
|
|
msgstr "Formatname"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6154(para)
|
|
msgid "The name of the custom format. The format name can be any string, it is used only to recognize the format later on the <guilabel>Display format</guilabel> list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6163(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Format definition"
|
|
msgstr "Formatdefinition"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6165(para)
|
|
msgid "The actual format is defined here using special formatting characters. Before and after these special characters any other character or string is allowed. For example: <userinput>\n\t\t \"(%t) %L, %f\"</userinput> will give <replaceable>\"(Dr.) SMITH, Edwin\"</replaceable>. The formatting characters are:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6176(emphasis) C/gramps.xml:6178(emphasis)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Character"
|
|
msgstr "Zeichen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6177(emphasis) C/gramps.xml:6179(emphasis)
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Name"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6184(entry)
|
|
msgid "%f"
|
|
msgstr "%f"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6184(entry)
|
|
msgid "Given Name"
|
|
msgstr "Vorname"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6184(entry)
|
|
msgid "%F"
|
|
msgstr "%F"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6184(entry)
|
|
msgid "GIVEN NAME"
|
|
msgstr "VORNAME"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6187(entry)
|
|
msgid "%l"
|
|
msgstr "%l"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6187(entry)
|
|
msgid "Surname"
|
|
msgstr "Nachname"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6187(entry)
|
|
msgid "%L"
|
|
msgstr "%L"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6187(entry)
|
|
msgid "SURNAME"
|
|
msgstr "NACHNAME"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6190(entry)
|
|
msgid "%t"
|
|
msgstr "%t"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6190(entry)
|
|
msgid "Title"
|
|
msgstr "Titel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6190(entry)
|
|
msgid "%T"
|
|
msgstr "%T"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6190(entry)
|
|
msgid "TITLE"
|
|
msgstr "TITEL"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6193(entry)
|
|
msgid "%p"
|
|
msgstr "%p"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6193(entry)
|
|
msgid "Prefix"
|
|
msgstr "Präfix"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6193(entry)
|
|
msgid "%P"
|
|
msgstr "%P"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6193(entry)
|
|
msgid "PREFIX"
|
|
msgstr "PRÄFIX"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6196(entry)
|
|
msgid "%s"
|
|
msgstr "%s"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6196(entry)
|
|
msgid "Suffix"
|
|
msgstr "Suffix"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6196(entry)
|
|
msgid "%S"
|
|
msgstr "%S"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6196(entry)
|
|
msgid "SUFFIX"
|
|
msgstr "SUFFIX"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6199(entry)
|
|
msgid "%c"
|
|
msgstr "%c"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6199(entry)
|
|
msgid "Call name"
|
|
msgstr "Rufname"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6199(entry)
|
|
msgid "%C"
|
|
msgstr "%C"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6199(entry)
|
|
msgid "CALL NAME"
|
|
msgstr "RUFNAME"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6202(entry)
|
|
msgid "%y"
|
|
msgstr "%y"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6202(entry)
|
|
msgid "Patronymic"
|
|
msgstr "Vatername"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6202(entry)
|
|
msgid "%Y"
|
|
msgstr "%Y"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6202(entry)
|
|
msgid "PATRONYMIC"
|
|
msgstr "VATERNAME"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6211(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Example"
|
|
msgstr "Beispiel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6213(para)
|
|
msgid "Shows a dynamic example how the name will be displayed with the current <guilabel>Format definition</guilabel> string."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6221(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Format definition details"
|
|
msgstr "Formatdefinitions Details"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6223(para)
|
|
msgid "Shows a quick reminder of the special formatting characters."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6233(title)
|
|
msgid "ID Formats"
|
|
msgstr "ID-Formate"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6235(para)
|
|
msgid "This category contains preferences relevant to the automatic generation of GRAMPS IDs."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6239(para)
|
|
msgid "The ID prefixes use formatting conventions common for C, Python, and other programming languages. For example, the %04d expands to an integer, prepended with zeros to have the total width of four digits. If you would like IDs to be 1, 2, 3, etc, simply set the formatting parameter to %d."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6248(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Person"
|
|
msgstr "Person"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6251(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Person."
|
|
msgstr "Liefert die Vorlage zur Erstellung von IDs für eine Person"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6261(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Family."
|
|
msgstr "Liefert die Vorlage zur Erstellung von IDs für eine Familie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6268(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Place"
|
|
msgstr "Ort"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6271(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Place."
|
|
msgstr "Liefert die Vorlage zur Erstellung von IDs für einen Ort"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6278(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Source"
|
|
msgstr "Quelle"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6281(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Source."
|
|
msgstr "Liefert die Vorlage zur Erstellung von IDs für eine Quelle"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6288(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Media Object"
|
|
msgstr "Multimedia-Objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6291(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Media Object."
|
|
msgstr "Liefert die Vorlage zur Erstellung von IDs für ein Multimedia-Objekt"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6298(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Event"
|
|
msgstr "Ereignis"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6301(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for an Event."
|
|
msgstr "Liefert die Vorlage zur Erstellung von IDs für ein Ereignis"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6308(guilabel)
|
|
msgid "Repository"
|
|
msgstr "Aufbewahrungsort"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6311(para)
|
|
msgid "Provides the template for generating IDs for a Repository."
|
|
msgstr "Liefert die Vorlage zur Erstellung von IDs für einen Aufbewahrungsort"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6320(title)
|
|
msgid "Warnings"
|
|
msgstr "Warnungen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6322(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "This category controls the display of warning dialogs, allowing the re-enabling of dialogs that have been disabled."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Rubrick steuert die Anzeige von Warnmeldungen, erlaubt das aktivieren von Meldungen die ausgeschaltet wurden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6329(title)
|
|
msgid "Researcher Information"
|
|
msgstr "Informationen zum Forscher"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6330(para)
|
|
msgid "Enter your personal information in the corresponding text entry fields. Although GRAMPS requests information about you, this information is used only so that GRAMPS can create valid GEDCOM output files. A valid GEDCOM file requires information about the file's creator. If you choose, you may leave the information empty, however none of your exported GEDCOM files will be valid."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6340(title)
|
|
msgid "Marker Colors"
|
|
msgstr "Markierungsfarben"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6342(para)
|
|
msgid "This category controls the highlight color of items in the Person list when a marker has been set for a person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6348(title)
|
|
msgid "Other settings"
|
|
msgstr "Andere Einstellungen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6350(para)
|
|
msgid "Besides <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, there are other settings available in GRAMPS. For various reasons they have been made more readily accessible, as listed below."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6359(para)
|
|
msgid "The columns of the list views may be added, removed, or reordered in a <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> dialog, see <xref linkend=\"column-editor-fig\"/>. Only checked columns will be shown in the view. To change their order, drag any column to its desired place inside the editor. Clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will reflect the changes in the appropriate view. To invoke <guilabel>Column Editor </guilabel> dialog, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Column Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6373(para)
|
|
msgid "The <guilabel>Column Editor</guilabel> is available and works in the same way for all list views. Specifically, it is available for People View, Family View (children list). Sources View, Places View, and Media View."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6382(term)
|
|
msgid "Setting Home person"
|
|
msgstr "Hauptperson festlegen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6385(para)
|
|
msgid "The Home person is the person who becomes active when database opened, when <guibutton>Home</guibutton> button is clicked or the <guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem> menu item is selected from either <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu or the right-click context menu anywhere."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6391(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "To set Home person, make the desired person active and then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Set Home person...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr "Um die Hauptperson zu setzen, die gewünschte Person makieren dann wählen <menuchoice><guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu><guimenuitem>Hauptperson setzen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6401(term)
|
|
msgid "Adjusting viewing controls"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6404(para)
|
|
msgid "Whether the toolbar, the sidebar, or the filter (People View only) are displayed in the main window is adjusted through the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6413(title)
|
|
msgid "Advanced manipulation of settings"
|
|
msgstr "Fortgeschrittene Manipulation von Einstellungen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6416(para)
|
|
msgid "The contents of this section is outside the scope of interest of a general user of GRAMPS. If you proceed with tweaking the options on the low level you may damage your GRAMPS installation. Be careful. YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED!"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6422(para)
|
|
msgid "By default, GRAMPS stores its settings using gconf2 system. All the settings used in this version of GRAMPS are stored in subdirectories under <filename>/apps/gramps/</filename> in the gconf2 namespace. Accessing the keys can be done either using <command>gconftool-2</command> command line tool, or the <command>gconf-editor</command> GUI tool."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6429(para)
|
|
msgid "All keys are documented, and the notification mechanisms are used as appropriate. Therefore, updating keys from outside of GRAMPS should lead to updating GRAMPS in real time, without necessarily restarting it."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6437(title)
|
|
msgid "Frequently Asked Questions"
|
|
msgstr "Häufig gestellte Fragen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6439(para)
|
|
msgid "This appendix contains the list of questions that frequently come up in mailing list discussions and forums. This list is by no means complete. If you would like to add questions/answers to this list, please email your suggestions to <ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink>"
|
|
msgstr "Dieser Anhang enthÀlt eine Liste von Fragen, die häufig in den Mailinglisten und Foren auftauchen. Diese Liste ist aber auf keinen Fall vollständig. Wenn Sie Fragen/Antworten zu dieser Liste hinzufügen möchten, e-mailen Sie Ihre Vorschläge an <ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6447(term)
|
|
msgid "What is GRAMPS?"
|
|
msgstr "Was ist GRAMPS?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6450(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS is the Genealogical Research and Analysis Management Program System. In other words, it is a personal genealogy program letting you store, edit, and research genealogical data using the powers of your computer."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS ist das Genealogical Research and Analysis Management Program System. In anderen Worten: es ein Programm, mit dem Sie Ihre genealogischen Daten mit Hilfe Ihres Computers speichern, bearbeiten und erforschen können."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6458(term)
|
|
msgid "Where do I get it and how much does it cost?"
|
|
msgstr "Wo bekomme ich es und wieviel kostet es?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6461(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS can be downloaded from <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://sf.net/projects/gramps\">http://sf.net/projects/gramps</ulink> at no charge. GRAMPS is an Open Source project covered by the GNU General Public License. You have full access to the source code and are allowed to distribute the program and source code freely."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS kann kostenlos herunter geladen werden unter <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://sf.net/projects/gramps\">http://sf.net/projects/gramps</ulink> GRAMPS ist ein Open Source Projekt unter der GNU General Public License. Sie haben vollen Zugriff auf den Quellcode und können das Programm und den Quellcode frei weitergeben."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6470(term)
|
|
msgid "Does it work with Windows (tm)?"
|
|
msgstr "Läuft es unter Windows (tm)?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6473(para)
|
|
msgid "No. GRAMPS uses the GTK and GNOME libraries. While the GTK libraries have been ported to Windows, the GNOME libraries have not. This, however, may change in the future."
|
|
msgstr "Ja, es wird aber nicht offiziell vom GRAMPS Projekt unterstüzt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6480(term)
|
|
msgid "Does it work with the Mac?"
|
|
msgstr "Läuft es auf dem Mac?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6483(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "<ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://fink.sourceforge.net\"> The Fink project</ulink> has ported <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://fink.sourceforge.net/pdb/package.php/gramps\"> some older versions</ulink> of GRAMPS to OSX (tm). The Mac OSX port is not directly supported by the GRAMPS project, primarily because none of the GRAMPS developers have access to Mac OSX and because OSX is not Free Software."
|
|
msgstr "Several people have managed to get GRAMPS to work under OSX using the darwin ports."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6491(para)
|
|
msgid "This version of GRAMPS (2.2.0) does not appear to have been ported by the Fink project. Please contact the Fink project for more information."
|
|
msgstr " "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6495(para)
|
|
msgid "Some people have had success using the DarwinPorts instead of the Fink project."
|
|
msgstr " "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6501(term)
|
|
msgid "Does it work with KDE?"
|
|
msgstr "Läuft es unter KDE?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6504(para)
|
|
msgid "Yes, as long as the required GNOME libraries are installed."
|
|
msgstr "Ja, so lange die benötigten GNOME-Bibliotheken installiert sind."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6510(term)
|
|
msgid "Do I really have to have GNOME installed?"
|
|
msgstr "Muss ich wirklich GNOME installiert haben?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6513(para)
|
|
msgid "Yes, but you do not have to be running the GNOME desktop."
|
|
msgstr "Ja, aber Sie müssen den GNOME-Desktop nicht benutzen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6519(term)
|
|
msgid "What version of GNOME do I need?"
|
|
msgstr "Welche GNOME-Version brauchte ich?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6522(para)
|
|
msgid "This version of gramps requires GNOME 2.8.0 or higher. Previous versions in 1.0.x series required GNOME 2.0."
|
|
msgstr "Die neuste Version von GRAMPS benötigt 2.8 oder höher."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6528(term)
|
|
msgid "Is GRAMPS compatible with other genealogical software?"
|
|
msgstr "Ist GRAMPS kompatibel mit anderen Ahnenforschungsprogrammen?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6531(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS makes every effort to maintain compatibility with GEDCOM, the general standard of recording genealogical information. We have import and export filters that enable GRAMPS to read and write GEDCOM files."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS versucht die Kompatibilität mit GEDCOM, dem allgemeinen Standard beim speichern genealogischer Informationen, zu erhalten. Wir haben Import- und Exportfilter, die es Gramps ermöglichen GEDCOM-Dateien zu lesen und zu schreiben."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6536(para)
|
|
msgid "It is important to understand that the GEDCOM standard is poorly implemented -- virtually every genealogical software has its own \"flavor\" of GEDCOM. As we learn about new flavor, the import/export filters can be created very quickly. However, finding out about the unknown flavors requires user feedback. Please feel free to inform us about any GEDCOM flavor not supported by GRAMPS, and we will do our best to support it!"
|
|
msgstr "Es ist wichtig zu wissen, dass der GEDCOM-Standard nur schwach implementiert ist -- praktische jede genealogische Software hat einen eigene \"Dialekt\" von GEDCOM. Sobald wird von einem neuen Dialekt hören, können die Import- und Exportfilter sehr schnell erstellt werden. Aber um unbekannte Dialekte zu finden benötigen wir Benutzer-Feedback. Bitte informieren Sie uns über GEDCOM-Dialekte, der nicht von GRAMPS unterstützt wird, und wir werden unser Bestes tun um ihn zu unterstützen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6547(term)
|
|
msgid "Can GRAMPS read files created by other genealogy programs?"
|
|
msgstr "Kann GRAMPS Dateien lesen, die von dem Programm X erstellt wurden?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6551(para) C/gramps.xml:6560(para)
|
|
msgid "See above."
|
|
msgstr "Siehe oben."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6556(term)
|
|
msgid "Can GRAMPS write files readable by other genealogy programs?"
|
|
msgstr "Kann GRAMPS Dateien schreiben, die das Programm X lesen kann?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6565(term)
|
|
msgid "Can GRAMPS print a genealogical tree for my family?"
|
|
msgstr "Kann GRAMPS einen Stammbaum für meine Familie drucken?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6568(para)
|
|
msgid "Yes. Different people have different ideas of what a genealogical tree is. Some think of it as a chart going from the distant ancestor and listing all his/her descendants and their families. Others think it should be a chart going from the person back in time, listing the ancestors and their families. Yet other people think of a table, text report, etc."
|
|
msgstr "Ja. Verschiedene Leute habe verschiedene Ansichten, was ein Stammbaum ist. Manche denken an eine Tafel, ausgehend von dem am weitesten entfernten Ahnen, die alle seine/ihre Nachkommen und deren Familien auflistet. Anderen denken an eine Tafel, die von der Person aus zuück in der Zeit geht und alle Ahnen und deren Familien auflistet. Noch anderen Leute denken an ein Tabelle, einen Textbericht usw."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6575(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS can produce any of the above, and many more different charts and reports. Moreover, the plugin architecture enables users (you) to create their own plugins which could be new reports, charts, or research tools."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS kann alle oben genannten, und viele weitere Tafeln und Berichte produzieren. Darüber hinaus, ermöglicht die Plugin-Architektur es den Benutzern (Sie) ihren eigenen Plugins zu erstellen, welche neue Berichte, Tafeln oder Forschungswerkzeuge sein können."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6583(term)
|
|
msgid "In what formats can GRAMPS output its reports?"
|
|
msgstr "In welchen Formaten kann GRAMPS seine Berichte ausgeben?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6586(para)
|
|
msgid "Text reports are available in HTML, PDF, AbiWord, KWord, LaTeX, RTF, and OpenOffice formats. Graphical reports (charts and diagrams) are available in PostScript, PDF, SVG, OpenOffice, and GraphViz formats."
|
|
msgstr "Textberichte sind verfügbar im HTML-, PDF-, AbiWord-, KWord-, RTF- und OpenOffice.org-Format. Grafische Berichte (Tafeln und Diagramme) sind verfügbar im Postscript-, PDF-, SVG-, OpenOffice.org- und GraphViz-Format."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6594(term)
|
|
msgid "Is GRAMPS compatible with the Internet?"
|
|
msgstr "Ist GRAMPS kompatibel mit dem Internet?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6597(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS can store web addresses and direct your browser to them. It can import data that you download from the Internet. It can export data that you could send over the Internet. GRAMPS is familiar with the standard file formats widely used on the Internet (e.g. JPEG, PNG, and GIF images, MP3, OGG, and WAV sound files, QuickTime, MPEG, and AVI movie files, etc). Other than that, there is little that a genealogical program can do with the Internet."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS kann Internetadressen speichern und sie im Browser aufrufen. Es Daten importieren, die Sie aus dem Internet herunter geladen haben. Es kann Daten exportieren, die Sie über das Internet verschicken können. GRAMPS ist vertraut mit den Standard-Dateiformaten, die häufig im Internet verwendet werden (z.B. JPEG-, PNG- und GIF-Bilder, MP3-, OGG- und WAV-Audiodateien, Quicktime-, MPEG- und AVI-Videodateien usw.) Darüber hinaus gibt es wenig, was ein Ahnenforschungsprogramm mit dem Internet tun kann. :-)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6609(term)
|
|
msgid "Can I create custom reports/filters/whatever?"
|
|
msgstr "Kann ich meine eigenen Berichte/Filter/... erzeugen?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6612(para)
|
|
msgid "Yes. There are many levels of customization. One is creating or modifying the templates used for the reports. This gives you some control over the fonts, colors, and some layout of the reports. You can also use GRAMPS controls in the report dialogs to tell what contents should be used for a particular report. In addition to this, you have an ability to create your own filters -- this is useful in selecting people based on criteria set by you. You can combine these filters to create new, more complex filters. Finally, you have an option to create your own plugins. These may be new reports, research tools, import/export filters, etc. This assumes some knowledge of programming in Python."
|
|
msgstr "Ja. Es gibt verschiedenen Ebenen der Anpassung. Eine ist die Erschaffung oder das Verändern der Vorlagen für die Berichte. Dies gibt Ihnen die Kontrolle über die Schriftarten, Farben und über das Layout der Berichte. Sie können die GRAMPS-Kontrollen in den Berichtdialogen benutzen um festzulegen, welchen Inhalte in einem bestimmten Bericht verwendet werden sollen. Zusätzlich haben Sie die Möglichkeit Ihre eigenen Filter zu erschaffen -- dies ist nützlich beim Auswählen von Personen basierend auf denen, von Ihnen gesetzten, Kriterien. Sie können diese Filter kombinieren um neue, komplexere Filter zu erschaffen. Schließlich habe Sie die Möglichkeit eigene Plugins zu schreiben. Diese können neue Berichte, Forschungswerkzeuge, Import-/Exportfilter usw. sein. Dies setzt aber Kenntnisse in der Python-Programmierung voraus."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6627(term)
|
|
msgid "What standards does GRAMPS support?"
|
|
msgstr "Welche Standards unterstützt GRAMPS?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6630(para)
|
|
msgid "The nice thing about standards is that there never is a shortage of them. GRAMPS is tested to support the following flavors of GEDCOM: GEDCOM5.5, Brother's Keeper, Family Origins, Family Tree Maker, Ftree, GeneWeb, Legacy, Personal Ancestral File, Pro-Gen, Reunion, and Visual Genealogie."
|
|
msgstr "Eine nette Tatsache über Standards ist, dass es nie zu wenige davon gibt :-). GRAMPS wurde getestet um die folgenden Dialekte von GEDCOM zu unterstützen: GEDCOM5.5, Brother's Keeper, Family Origins, Familty Tree Maker, Ftree, GeneWeb, Legacy, Personal Ancestral File, Pro-Gen, Reunion, und Visual Genealogie."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6639(term)
|
|
msgid "What is the maximum database size (bytes) GRAMPS can handle?"
|
|
msgstr "Wie groß darf eine GRAMPS-Datenbank maximal sein?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6643(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS has no hard limits on the size of a database that it can handle. Starting with this release, GRAMPS no longer loads all data into memory, which allows it to work with a much larger database than before. In reality, however, there are practical limits. The main limiting factors are the available memory on the system and the cache size used for BSDDB database access. With common memory sizes these days, GRAMPS should have no problem using databases with tens of thousands of people."
|
|
msgstr "hat keine feste Begrenzung in der Größe der Datenbank, die es unterstützt. In der Realität allerdings gibt es praktische Grenzen abhängig vom Arbeitsspeicher und Festplattengröße. Mit 2.2.6, kann GRAMPS ohne Probleme Datenbanken mit über 100.000 Personen verwalten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6655(term)
|
|
msgid "How many people can GRAMPS database handle?"
|
|
msgstr "Wie viele Personen darf eine GRAMPS-Datenbank maximal haben?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6658(para)
|
|
msgid "We have found that on a typical system, GRAMPS tends to bog down after the database has around 150,000 people. Again, this is dependent on how much memory you have."
|
|
msgstr "Siehe oben."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6665(term)
|
|
msgid "Why is GRAMPS running so slowly?"
|
|
msgstr "Warum läuft GRAMPS so langsam?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6668(para)
|
|
msgid "It does not anymore! Just try out the current version, 2.2.0."
|
|
msgstr "Inzwischen nicht mehr! Probieren Sie einfach die aktuelle Version 2.2.x."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6674(term)
|
|
msgid "My database is really big. Is there a way around loading all the data into memory?"
|
|
msgstr " "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6678(para)
|
|
msgid "Starting with this release, GRAMPS no longer loads all data into memory, which allows it to work with a much larger database than before."
|
|
msgstr " "
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6685(term)
|
|
msgid "I want to rerun the Startup dialog. How do I do this?"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Ich möchte noch mal den Startdialog (Druiden)"
|
|
" aufrufen. Wie mache ich das?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6688(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS keeps a flag in the GNOME configuration database to indicate that the startup dialog has been run. To cause GRAMPS to rerun this, the flag needs to be reset. This can be done with the following command:"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS speichert ein Flag in die GNOME-Konfigurationsdatenbank um anzuzeigen, dass der Startdialog aufgerufen wurde. Damit GRAMPS ihn noch mal aufruft, muss das Flag gelöscht werden. Das kann mit dem folgenden Kommando getan werden:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6693(command)
|
|
msgid "gconftool-2 -u /apps/gramps/behavior/startup"
|
|
msgstr "gconftool-2 -u /apps/gramps/behavior/startup"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6699(term)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Why are non-Latin characters displayed as garbage in PDF/PS reports?"
|
|
msgstr "Why are non-Latin characters displayed as garbage in PDF/PS reports?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6703(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "This is a limitation of the built-in fonts of PS and PDF formats. To print non-Latin text, use the Print... in the format selection menu of the report dialog. This will use the gnome-print backend, which supports PS and PDF creation, as well as direct printing."
|
|
msgstr "This is a limitation of the built-in fonts of PS and PDF formats. To print non-Latin text, use the Print... in the format selection menu of the report dialog. This will use the gnome-print backend, which supports PS and PDF creation, as well as direct printing."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6709(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "If you only have Latin text, the PDF option will produce a smaller PDF compared to that created by gnome-print, simply because no font information will be embedded."
|
|
msgstr "If you only have Latin text, the PDF option will produce a smaller PDF compared to that created by gnome-print, simply because no font information will be embedded."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6716(term)
|
|
msgid "Why can I not add/remove/edit columns to the lists in People View and Family View?"
|
|
msgstr "Warum kann ich keine Spalten hinzufügen/entfernen/bearbeiten in den Listen in der Personen- und Familienansicht?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6720(para)
|
|
msgid "Now you can! Just try out the current version, 2.2.0."
|
|
msgstr "Das geht jetzt! Einfach die aktuelle Version 2.2.X probieren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6725(term)
|
|
msgid "I would like to contribute to GRAMPS by writing my favorite report. How do I do that?"
|
|
msgstr "Ich möchte zu GRAMPS beitragen, indem ich meinen Lieblingsbericht schreibe. Wie mache ich das?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6729(para)
|
|
msgid "The easiest way to contribute to reports, filters, tools, etc. is to copy an existing GRAMPS report, filter, or tool. If you can create what you want by modifying existing code -- great! If your idea does not fit into the logic of any existing GRAMPS tool, the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://gramps.sourceforge.net/phpwiki/index.php/GrampsDevelopersPage\">following page</ulink> may provide some help in writing your own plugin from scratch."
|
|
msgstr "Der einfachste Weg zu Berichten, Filter, Werkzeugen usw. beizutragen ist einen existierenden GRAMPS-Bericht, -filter oder -werkzeug zu kopieren. Wenn Sie das gewünschte erreichen können durch das Verändern des Quellcodes -- großartig! Wenn ihre Idee in die Logik eines existierenden GRAMPS-Werkzeugs passt, hilft Ihnen vielleicht <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://gramps.sourceforge.net/phpwiki/index.php/GrampsDevelopersPage\">folgende Seite</ulink> Schreiben Ihres ganzen neuen Plugins."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6738(para)
|
|
msgid "If you need more help or would like to discuss your idea with us, please do not hesitate to contact us at <ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink>"
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Sie mehr Hilfe benötigen oder Ihre Idee mit uns zu diskutieren, zögern Sie bitte nicht uns zu kontaktieren unter<ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6742(para)
|
|
msgid "To test your work in progress, you may save your plugin under <replaceable>$HOME/.gramps/plugins</replaceable> directory and it should be found and imported on startup. The correctly written plugin will register itself with GRAMPS, create menu item, and so on."
|
|
msgstr "Um Ihre Arbeit zu überprüfen, können Sie Ihr Plugin in das Verzeichnis <replaceable>$HOME/.gramps/plugins</replaceable> und es sollte beim Start gefunden und importiert werden. Das richtig geschriebene Plugin registriert sich selbst bei GRAMPS, erzeugt einen Menüeintrag usw."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6748(para)
|
|
msgid "If you are happy with your plugin and would like to contribute your code back to the GRAMPS project, you are very welcome to do so by contacting us at <ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink>"
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Sie mit Ihrem Plugin glücklich sind und Ihren Quellcode zum GRAMPS-Projekt beitragen möchten, sind Sie eingeladen es zu tun, indem Sie uns kontaktieren unter <ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6756(term)
|
|
msgid "I found a bug and I want it fixed right now! What do I do?"
|
|
msgstr "ch habe einen Fehler gefunden und möchte, dass er sofort behoben wird. Was tue ich?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6760(para)
|
|
msgid "The best thing you can do is to fix the bug and send the patch to <ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink> :-)"
|
|
msgstr "Das Beste was Sie tun können ist den Fehler zu beheben und den Patch an <ulink type=\"mailto\" url=\"mailto:gramps-devel@lists.sf.net\">gramps-devel@lists.sf.net</ulink> senden :-)"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6765(para)
|
|
msgid "A good bug report would include:"
|
|
msgstr "Ein guterFehlerbericht sollte enthalten:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6769(para)
|
|
msgid "Version of gramps you were using when you encountered the bug (available through <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Help</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item)."
|
|
msgstr "Die Version von GRAMPS, die sie benutzten, als sie auf den Fehler stießen (verfügbar durch den <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Hilfe</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Info</guimenuitem></menuchoice>-Menüeintrag)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6778(para)
|
|
msgid "Language under which gramps was run (available by executing"
|
|
msgstr "Die Sprache, unter der GRAMPS ausgeführt wurde (verfügbar durch das Ausführen von"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6781(command)
|
|
msgid "echo $LANG"
|
|
msgstr "echo $LANG"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6783(para)
|
|
msgid "in your terminal)."
|
|
msgstr "in Ihrem Terminal)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6787(para)
|
|
msgid "Symptoms indicating that this is indeed a bug."
|
|
msgstr "Die Symptome, die zeigen, dass es sich um einen Fehler handelt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6791(para)
|
|
msgid "Any Traceback messages, error messages, warnings, etc, that showed up in your terminal or a in separate traceback window."
|
|
msgstr "Zurückverfolgungsnachrichten, Fehlermeldungen, Warnungen usw., die in Ihrem Terminal auftreten oder in einem separaten Zurückverfolgungsfenster."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6797(para)
|
|
msgid "Most problems can be fixed quickly provided there is enough information. To ensure this, please follow up on your bug reports. In particular, if you file a bug report with the gramps bug tracker, PLEASE log in to bugs.gramps-project.org before filing (register your free account if you don't have one). Then we will have a way of contacting you should we need more information."
|
|
msgstr "Die meisten Probleme können sehr schnell gelöst werden, vorausgesetzt es gibt genügend Informationen. Um dies Sicher zu stellen, senden Sie weiter Fehlerberichte. Besonders, wenn Sie einen Fehlerbericht mit dem sf.net Bug Tracker einschicken, loggen Sie sich erst bei sf.net ein (registrieren Sie Ihren freien Account, wenn Sie keins haben). Dann haben wir einen Weg Sie zu kontaktieren, falls wir mehr Informationen benötigen. Wenn Sie Ihren Bericht anonym einsenden, prüfen Sie wenigsten öfters auf Ihre Berichtseite, ob etwas Neues gesendet wurde, was es wahrscheinlich wird."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6804(para)
|
|
msgid "If the above explanations seem vague, please follow <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/bugs.html\">this link.</ulink>"
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Ihnen die obigen ErklÀrungen zu wage erscheinen, schauen Sie unter <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/bugs.html\">diesen link.</ulink>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6812(term)
|
|
msgid "It is obvious that GRAMPS absolutely needs to become a (client-server/web-based/PHP/weblog/Javascript/C++/distributed/KDE/Motif/Tcl/Win32/C#/You-name-it) application. When is this going to happen?"
|
|
msgstr "Es ist offensichtlich, dass GRAMPS eine (client-server/web-basierende/PHP/weblog/Javascript/C++/distributed/KDE/Motif/Tcl/Win32/C#/Was-weiß-ich)- Anwendung wird. Wann passiert das?"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6817(para)
|
|
msgid "The surest way to see it happen is to get it done by yourself. Since GRAMPS is free/open source, nobody prevents you from taking all of the code and continuing its development in whatever direction you see fit. In doing so, you may consider giving your new project another name to avoid confusion with the continuing GRAMPS development. If you would like the GRAMPS project to provide advice, expertise, filters, etc., we will gladly cooperate with your new project, to ensure compatibility or import/export options to your new format of a project."
|
|
msgstr "Der sicherste Weg, es wahr werden zu lassen, ist, dass Sie es selbst machen. Weil GRAMPS Open Source ist, wird niemand Sie daran hindern den Quellcode zu nehmen und seine Entwicklung in die Richtung, die sie möchten weiterzuführen. Wenn Sie das machen, sollten Sie Ihrem Projekt einen neuen Namen geben um Verwirrung mit der weitergehenden GRAMPS-Entwicklung zu verhindern. Wenn Sie dem GRAMPS-Projekt Ratschläge, Filter usw. geben wollen, werden wir mit Ihrem Projekt zusammenarbeiten um Kompatibilität und Import/Export-Möglichkeiten zu Ihrem neuen Projekt zu bewahren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6827(para)
|
|
msgid "If, however, you would like the GRAMPS project to adopt your strategy, you would need to convince GRAMPS developers that your strategy is good for GRAMPS and superior to the present development strategy."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Sie aber möchten, dass das GRAMPS-Projekt Ihre Strategie übernimmt, sollten Sie die GRAMPS-Entwickler überzeugen, dass Ihre Strategie gut ist für GRAMPS und der aktuellen Entwicklungsstrategie überlegen ist."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6837(title)
|
|
msgid "Keybindings reference"
|
|
msgstr "Tastenkürzel-Referenz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6839(para)
|
|
msgid "Most of the standard menu items define equivalent keybindings. These are apparent because they are displayed on the right of the menu item. However, some keybindings are not associated with any items in the menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6844(para)
|
|
msgid "This appendix contains the list of keybindings that are not displayed in menus of GRAMPS."
|
|
msgstr "Dieser Anhang enthält die Liste der Tastenkürzel, die nicht in den Menüs von GRAMPS angezeigt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6848(title)
|
|
msgid "List Views"
|
|
msgstr "Listen Ansichten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6851(title)
|
|
msgid "Common bindings"
|
|
msgstr "Allgemeine Kürzel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6852(para)
|
|
msgid "The following bindings are available in all list views: People View, Sources View, Places View, and Media View."
|
|
msgstr "Die folgenden Kürzel sind in allen Listen Ansichten verfügbar: Personen Ansicht, Quellen Ansicht, Orte Ansicht und Medien Ansicht."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6862(para) C/gramps.xml:6906(para)
|
|
msgid "Key"
|
|
msgstr "Taste"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6864(para) C/gramps.xml:6907(para)
|
|
msgid "Function"
|
|
msgstr "Funktion"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6870(keycap)
|
|
msgid "<Alt>N"
|
|
msgstr "<Alt>N"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6871(entry)
|
|
msgid "Changes the view to the next view"
|
|
msgstr "Wechselt die Ansicht zur nächsten Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6874(keycap)
|
|
msgid "<Alt>P"
|
|
msgstr "<Alt>P"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6875(entry)
|
|
msgid "Changes the view to the previous view"
|
|
msgstr "Wechselt die Ansicht zur vorhergehenden Ansicht"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6878(keycap)
|
|
msgid "<Alt>S"
|
|
msgstr "<Alt>S"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6879(entry)
|
|
msgid "Open the Scratch Pad"
|
|
msgstr "Öffnet den Entwurfsblock"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6882(keycap)
|
|
msgid "<Ctrl>B"
|
|
msgstr "<Strg>B"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6883(entry)
|
|
msgid "Edit the bookmarks"
|
|
msgstr "Lesezeichen bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6886(keycap)
|
|
msgid "<Ctrl>D"
|
|
msgstr "<Strg>D"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6887(entry)
|
|
msgid "Add the selected item as a bookmark"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6890(keycap)
|
|
msgid "<Ctrl>H"
|
|
msgstr "<Strg>H"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6891(entry)
|
|
msgid "Open the Undo History dialog"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6898(title)
|
|
msgid "People View bindings"
|
|
msgstr "Personen Ansicht Kürzel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6913(keycap)
|
|
msgid "<Ctrl>Enter"
|
|
msgstr "<Strg>Eingabe"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6914(entry)
|
|
msgid "Edits the selected person"
|
|
msgstr "Die gewählte Person bearbeiten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6917(keycap)
|
|
msgid "<Ctrl>Insert"
|
|
msgstr "<Strg>Einf"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6918(entry)
|
|
msgid "Adds a new person to the database"
|
|
msgstr "Fügt eine neue Person der Datenbank hinzu"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6921(keycap)
|
|
msgid "<Ctrl>Delete"
|
|
msgstr "<Strg>Entf"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6922(entry)
|
|
msgid "Deletes the selected person"
|
|
msgstr "Löscht die gewählte Person"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6932(title)
|
|
msgid "Filter rules reference"
|
|
msgstr "Filterregeln-Referenz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6934(para)
|
|
msgid "This appendix lists of all the filter rules currently defined in GRAMPS. Each of these rules is available for use when creating custom filters, see <xref linkend=\"tools-util-cfe\"/>. The rules are listed by their categories."
|
|
msgstr "Dieser Anhang listet die momentan in GRAMPS definierten Filterregeln auf. Jede dieser Filterregeln ist verfügbar, wenn Sie eigene Filter erschaffen, siehe <xref linkend=\"tools-util-cfe\"/>. Die Regeln werden nach Kategorien aufgelistet."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6940(title)
|
|
msgid "General filters"
|
|
msgstr "Allgemeine Filter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6942(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following most general rules:"
|
|
msgstr "Diese Kategorie enthält die folgenden ganz allgemeinen Regeln:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6946(term)
|
|
msgid "Has complete record"
|
|
msgstr "Hat vollständige Daten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6949(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all people whose records are marked as complete. Currently, the completeness of personal information is marked manually, in the <guilabel>Edit Person</guilabel> dialog."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht allen Personen, dessen Aufzeichnungen als vollständig markiert sind. Im Moment werden die persönlichen Daten von Hand im <guilabel>Person bearbeiten </guilabel>-Dialog als vollständig markiert."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6957(term)
|
|
msgid "People with incomplete names"
|
|
msgstr "Personen mit unvollständigem Namen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6960(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all people with either given name or family name missing."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6966(term)
|
|
msgid "Is bookmarked person"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6969(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all people who are on the bookmark list."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6975(term)
|
|
msgid "Has text matching substring of"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6978(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all people whose records contain specified substring. All textual records are searched. Optionally, the search can be made case sensitive, or a regular expression match."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6986(term)
|
|
msgid "Everyone"
|
|
msgstr "Alle"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6989(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches any person in the database. As such it is not very useful on its own except for testing purposes. However, it may be useful in combinations with other rules."
|
|
msgstr "Die Regel entspricht allen Personen in der Datenbank. An sich ist sie nicht sehr sinnvoll außer für Testzwecke. Aber sie nützlich sein in Verbindung mit anderen Regeln."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6996(term)
|
|
msgid "People probably alive"
|
|
msgstr "Personen die vermutlich leben"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:6999(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all people whose records do not indicate their death and who are not unreasonably old, judging by their available birth data and today's date."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7006(term)
|
|
msgid "Has a name"
|
|
msgstr "Hat den Namen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7009(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches any person whose name matches the specified value in full or in part. For example, Marta Ericsdotter will be matched by the rule using the value \"eric\" for the family name."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht allen Personen, dessen Name den angegeben Werte vollständig oder teilweise entspricht. Zum Beispiel entspricht Marta Ericsdotter der Regel mit dem Wert \"eric\" als Familienname."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7014(para)
|
|
msgid "Separate values can be used for Given name, Family name, Suffix, and the Title. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's name. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr "Es können verschiedene Werte für den Vornamen, Familiennamen, Suffix und Titel verwendet werden. Die Regel liefert einen Treffer, wenn alle nicht-leeren Werte (teilweise) dem Namen der Person entsprechen. Lassen Sie die anderen Felder leer, wenn Sie nur einen Wert benutzen wollen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7022(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the Id"
|
|
msgstr "Hat die ID"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7025(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches any person with a specified GRAMPS ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht der Person mit der angegebenen GRAMPS-ID. Diese Regel liefert nur einen Treffer bei einer genauen Übereinstimmung der ID."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7028(para) C/gramps.xml:7318(para) C/gramps.xml:7399(para)
|
|
msgid "You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select a person from the list by clicking <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made."
|
|
msgstr "Sie können entweder die ID in das Textfeld eingeben oder eine Person aus der Liste auswählen, indem Sie auf den <guibutton>Auswählen...</guibutton>-Knopf klicken. Im zweiten Fall erscheint die ID nach Ihre Auswahl im Textfeld."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7037(term)
|
|
msgid "Is default person"
|
|
msgstr "Ist Hauptperson"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7040(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches the default (home) person."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7045(term)
|
|
msgid "People marked private"
|
|
msgstr "Als privat makierte Personen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7048(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose records are marked as private."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7054(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a female"
|
|
msgstr "Ist weiblich"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7057(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches any female person."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht allen weiblichen Personen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7062(term)
|
|
msgid "People who have images"
|
|
msgstr "Personen mit Bildern"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7065(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people with images in their galleries."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen mit Bildern in ihren Galerien."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7071(term)
|
|
msgid "People without a birth date"
|
|
msgstr "Personen ohne Geburtsdatum"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7074(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people missing birth date."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen mit fehlendem Geburtsdatum."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7079(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a male"
|
|
msgstr "Ist männlich"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7082(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches any male person."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht allen männlichen Personen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7089(title)
|
|
msgid "Event filters"
|
|
msgstr "Ereignisfilter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7091(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules that match people based on their recorded events:"
|
|
msgstr "Diese Kategorie umfasst die folgenden Regeln, die Personen nach ihren speicherten Ereignissen entsprechen:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7096(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the birth"
|
|
msgstr "Hat die Geburtsdaten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7099(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose birth event matches specified values for Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's birth event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone born in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the value \"sw\" for the Place."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, dessen Geburtsereignis angegebenen Werten für Daten, Ort und Beschreibung entspricht. Diese Regel liefert auch dann einen Treffer, wenn das Geburtsereignis nur teilweise mit den Werten Übereinstimmt. Die Regel ignoriert Groß- und Kleinschreibung. Zum Beispiel, wenn jemand in Schweden geboren wurde, entspricht er der Regel mit \"schw\" als Ort."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7106(para)
|
|
msgid "The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's birth. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr "Die Regel liefert einen Treffer, nur wenn alle nicht-leeren Felder (teilweise) der Geburt der Person entsprechen. Lassen Sie die anderen Felder leer, wenn Sie nur einen Wert verwenden wollen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7113(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the death"
|
|
msgstr "Hat die Todesdaten"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7116(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose death event matches specified values for Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's death event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who died in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the value \"sw\" for the Place."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, dessen Todesereignis angegebenen Werten für Daten, Ort und Beschreibung entspricht. Diese Regel liefert auch dann einen Treffer, wenn das Todesereignis nur teilweise mit den Werten Übereinstimmt. Die Regel ignoriert Groß- und Kleinschreibung. Zum Beispiel, wenn jemand in Schweden gestorben ist, entspricht er der Regel mit \"schw\" als Ort."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7123(para)
|
|
msgid "The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's death. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr "Die Regel liefert einen Treffer, nur wenn alle nicht-leeren Felder (teilweise) dem Tod der Person entsprechen. Lassen Sie die anderen Felder leer, wenn Sie nur einen Wert verwenden wollen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7130(term)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Has source of"
|
|
msgstr "Hat die Quelle"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7133(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose records refer to the specified source."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen deren Datensätze sich auf die vorgegebene Quelle beziehen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7139(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the personal event"
|
|
msgstr "Hat das persönliche Ereignis"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7142(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people that have a personal event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who graduated in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Graduation event and the value \"sw\" for the Place."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die ein persönliches Ereignis entsprechend den angegebenen Werten für Art des Ereignisses, Datum, Ort und Beschreibung entspricht. Diese Regel liefert auch dann einen Treffer, wenn das Ereignis der Person nur teilweise mit den Werten übereinstimmt. Die Regel ignoriert Groß- und Kleinschreibung. Zum Beispiel, wenn jemand in Schweden eine Abschluss gemacht hat, entspricht er der Regel mit dem Bildungsabschluss-Ereignis und \"schw\" als Ort."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7150(para)
|
|
msgid "The personal events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr "Die persönlichen Ereignisse sollten aus dem Menü ausgewählt werden. Die Regel liefert einen Treffer, nur wenn alle nicht-leeren Felder (teilweise) dem persönlichen Ereignis entsprechen. Lassen Sie die anderen Felder leer, wenn Sie nur einen Wert verwenden wollen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7158(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the family event"
|
|
msgstr "Hat das familiäre Ereignis"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7161(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people that have a family event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who was married in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Marriage event and the value \"sw\" for the Place."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die ein familiäres Ereignis, entsprechend den angegebenen Werten für die Art, das Datum, den Ort und die Beschreibung des Ereignisses, haben. Diese Regel liefert auch dann einen Treffer, wenn das Ereignis der Person nur teilweise mit den Werten übereinstimmt. Die Regel ignoriert Groß- und Kleinschreibung. Zum Beispiel, wenn jemand in Schweden geheiratet hat, entspricht er der Regel mit dem Hochzeits-Ereignis und \"schw\" als Ort."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7169(para)
|
|
msgid "The family events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr "Die familiären Ereignisse sollten aus dem Menü ausgewählt werden. Die Regel liefert einen Treffer, nur wenn alle nicht-leeren Felder (teilweise) dem familiären Ereignis entsprechen. Lassen Sie die anderen Felder leer, wenn Sie nur einen Wert verwenden wollen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7177(term)
|
|
msgid "Witness"
|
|
msgstr "Zeuge/Zeugin"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7180(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are present as a witness in the event. If the personal or family event type is specified, only the events of this type will be searched."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7187(term)
|
|
msgid "People with incomplete events"
|
|
msgstr "Personen mit lückenhaften Ereignissen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7190(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people missing date or place in any personal event."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7196(term)
|
|
msgid "Families with incomplete events"
|
|
msgstr "Familien mit lückenhaften Ereignissen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7199(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people missing date or place in any family event of any of their families."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7207(title)
|
|
msgid "Family filters"
|
|
msgstr "Familienfilter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7209(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules that match people based on their family relationships:"
|
|
msgstr "Diese Kategorie umfasst die folgenden Regeln, die Personen nach ihren Familienbeziehungen entsprechen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7214(term)
|
|
msgid "People with children"
|
|
msgstr "Personen mit Kindern"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7217(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people with children."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen mit Kindern."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7222(term)
|
|
msgid "People with multiple marriage records"
|
|
msgstr "Personen mit mehr als einem Heiratsdatensatz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7225(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people with more than one spouse."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen mit mehr als einem Partner(in)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7230(term)
|
|
msgid "People with no marriage records"
|
|
msgstr "Personen ohne Heirats Datensatz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7233(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people with no spouses."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen ohne Partner(in)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7238(term)
|
|
msgid "People who were adopted"
|
|
msgstr "Personen die adoptiert wurden"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7241(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches adopted people."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Rgel entspricht Personen, die adoptiert wurden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7246(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the relationships"
|
|
msgstr "Hat die Beziehungen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7249(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people with a particular relationship. The relationship must match the type selected from the menu. Optionally, the number of relationships and the number of children can be specified."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen mit einer bestimmten Beziehung. Die Beziehung muss der aus dem Menü gewählten entsprechen. Zusätzlich kann auch die Anzahl der Beziehungen und die Anzahl der Kinder angegeben werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7254(para)
|
|
msgid "The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's relationship. To use just one value, leave the other values empty."
|
|
msgstr "Die Regel liefert einen Treffer, nur wenn alle nicht-leeren Felder (teilweise) der Beziehung der Person entsprechen. Lassen Sie die anderen Felder leer, wenn Sie nur einen Wert verwenden wollen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7261(term)
|
|
msgid "Is spouse of filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Ist (Ehe-)Partner eines Filtertreffers"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7264(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people married to someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die mit jemand verheiratet sind, der/die dem angegebenen Filter entspricht. Der angegebene Filtername sollte aus dem Menü gewählt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7271(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a child of filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Ist ein Kind von einen Filtertreffer"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7274(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people for whom either parent is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, von denen wenigstens ein Elternteil dem angegebenen Filter entspricht. Der angegebene Filtername sollte aus dem Menü gewählt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7281(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a parent of filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Ist Vater oder Mutter eines Filtertreffers"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7284(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose child is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, dessen Kind dem angegebenen Filter entspricht. Der angegebene Filtername sollte aus dem Menü gewählt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7291(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a sibling of filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Ist Bruder oder Schwester eines Filtertreffers"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7294(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people whose sibling is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, von denen ein oder mehrere Geschwister dem angegebenen Filter entspricht. Der angegebene Filtername sollte aus dem Menü gewählt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7303(title)
|
|
msgid "Ancestral filters"
|
|
msgstr "Ahnenfilter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7305(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules that match people based on their ancestral relations to other people:"
|
|
msgstr "Diese Kategorie umfasst die folgenden Regeln, die Personen nach ihren Ahnenbeziehungen zu anderen Personen entsprechen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7310(term)
|
|
msgid "Is an ancestor of"
|
|
msgstr "Ist Vorfahre von"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7313(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person. The Inclusive option determines whether the specified person should be considered his/her own ancestor (useful for building reports)."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die Vorfahren der angegebenen Person sind. Die Einschließlich-Option entscheidet, ob die angegebene Person als sein/ihr eigener Vorfahre betrachtet wird (nützlich beim Erstellen von Berichten)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7327(term)
|
|
msgid "Is an ancestor of person at least N generations away"
|
|
msgstr "Ist ein Vorfahre einer Person wenigstens N Generationen entfernt"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7330(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person and are at least N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match grandparents, great-grandparents, etc., but not the parents of the specified person."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die Vorfahren der angegebenen Person sind und wenigstens N Generationen von dieser Person in der Linie entfernt sind. Zum Beispiel würde diese Regel mit dem Wert 2 als Anzahl der Generationen den Großeltern, Urgroßeltern usw. entsprechen, aber nicht den Eltern der angegebenen Person."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7340(term)
|
|
msgid "Is an ancestor of person not more than N generations away"
|
|
msgstr "Ist ein Vorfahre einer Person weniger als N Generationen entfernt"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7344(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person and are no more than N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match parents and grandparents, but not great-grandparents, etc., of the specified person."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die Vorfahren der angegebenen Person sind und weniger als N Generationen von dieser Person in der Linie entfernt sind. Zum Beispiel würde diese Regel mit dem Wert 2 als Anzahl der Generationen den Eltern und Großeltern entsprechen, aber nicht den Urgroßeltern usw. angegebenen Person."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7353(term)
|
|
msgid "Has a common ancestor with"
|
|
msgstr "Hat gemeinsame Vorfahren mit"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7356(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who have common ancestors with the specified person."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die gemeinsame Vorfahren mit der angegebenen Person haben."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7362(term)
|
|
msgid "Has a common ancestor with filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Hat gemeinsame Vorfahren mit einem Filtertreffer"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7365(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who have common ancestors with someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die gemeinsame Vorfahren mit jemand haben, der/die dem angegebenen Filter entspricht. Der angegebene Filtername sollte aus dem Menü ausgewählt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7372(term)
|
|
msgid "Is an ancestor of filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Ist ein Vorfahre eines Filtertreffers"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7375(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are ancestors of someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die Vorfahren von jemandem sind, der/die dem angegeben Filter entspricht. Der angegebene Filtername sollte aus dem Menü ausgewählt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7384(title)
|
|
msgid "Descendant filters"
|
|
msgstr "Nachkommenfilter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7386(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules that match people based on their descendant relations to other people:"
|
|
msgstr "Diese Kategorie umfasst die folgenden Regeln, die Personen nach ihren Nachkommenbeziehungen zu anderen Personen entsprechen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7391(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a descendant of"
|
|
msgstr "Ist ein Nachkomme von"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7394(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person. The Inclusive option determines whether the specified person should be considered his/her own descendant (useful for building reports)."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die Nachkommen der angegebenen Person sind. Die Einschließlich-Option entscheidet, ob die angegebene Person als sein/ihr eigener Nachkomme betrachtet wird (nützlich beim Erstellen von Berichten)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7408(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a descendant of person at least N generations away"
|
|
msgstr "Ist ein Nachkomme einer Person wenigstens N Generationen entfernt"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7411(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person and are at least N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match grandchildren, great-grandchildren, etc., but not the children of the specified person."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die Nachkomme der angegebenen Person sind und wenigstens N Generationen von dieser Person in der Linie entfernt sind. Zum Beispiel würde diese Regel mit dem Wert 2 als Anzahl der Generationen den Enkeln, Urenkeln usw. entsprechen, aber nicht den Kindern der angegebenen Person."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7421(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a descendant of person not more than N generations away"
|
|
msgstr "st ein Nachkomme einer Person weniger als N Generationen entfernt"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7425(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person and are no more than N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match children and grandchildren, but not great-grandchildren, etc., of the specified person."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die Nachkomme der angegebenen Person sind und weniger als N Generationen von dieser Person in der Linie entfernt sind. Zum Beispiel würde diese Regel mit dem Wert 2 als Anzahl der Generationen den Kinder und Enkeln entsprechen, aber nicht den Urenkeln usw. angegebenen Person."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7435(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a descendant of filter match"
|
|
msgstr "Ist ein Nachkommen eines Filtertreffers"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7438(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are descendants of someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die Nachkommen von jemand sind, der/die dem angegebenen Filter entspricht. Der angegebene Filtername sollte aus dem Menü gewählt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7445(term)
|
|
msgid "Is a descendant family member of"
|
|
msgstr "Ist ein Familienmitglied einer Nachkommen von"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7448(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule not only matches people who are descendants of the specified person, but also those descendants' spouses."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht nicht nur Personen, die Nachkommen der angegebenen Person, sondern auch deren (Ehe-)Partnern."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7456(title)
|
|
msgid "Relationship filters"
|
|
msgstr "Verwandtschaftsfilter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7458(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules that match people based on their mutual relationship:"
|
|
msgstr "Diese Kategorie umfasst die folgenden Regeln, die Personen nach ihrer gegenseitigen Verwandtschaft entsprechen:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7463(term)
|
|
msgid "Relationship path between two people"
|
|
msgstr "Verwandtschaftspfad zwischen zwei Personen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7466(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches all ancestors of both people back to their common ancestors (if exist). This produces the \"relationship path\" between these two people, through their common ancestors."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht allen Vorfahren beider Personen zurück bis zu ihrem gemeinsamen Vorfahren (falls er existiert). Dies liefert den \"Verwandtschaftspfad\" zwischen diesen zwei Personen durch ihre gemeinsamen Vorfahren."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7470(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "You can either enter the ID of each person into the appropriate text entry fields, or select people from the list by clicking their <guibutton>Select...</guibutton> buttons. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made."
|
|
msgstr "Sie können entweder die ID's beider Personen in die entsprechenden Textfelder eingeben oder Personen aus der Liste auswählen durch ihren Klicken des <guibutton>Auswählen...</guibutton>-Knopfes. Im zweiten Fall erscheint die ID danach im Textfeld."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7481(title)
|
|
msgid "Miscellaneous filters"
|
|
msgstr "Verschiedene Filter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7483(para)
|
|
msgid "This category includes the following rules which do not naturally fit into any of the above categories:"
|
|
msgstr "Diese Kategorie umfasst die folgenden Regeln, die nicht in die obigen Kategorien passen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7488(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the personal attribute"
|
|
msgstr "Hat die persönlichen Attribute"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7491(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who have the personal attribute of the specified value. The specified personal attribute name should be selected from the menu. The specified value should be typed into the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die das persönliche Attribut mit dem angegebenen Wert haben. Der angegebene Name des persönlichen Attributs sollte aus dem Menü ausgewählt werden. Der angegebene Wert sollte in das Textfeld eingegeben werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7499(term)
|
|
msgid "Has the family attribute"
|
|
msgstr "Hat das familiäre Attribut"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7502(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who have the family attribute of the specified value. The specified family attribute should be selected from the menu. The specified value should be typed into the text entry field."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Regel entspricht Personen, die das familiäre Attribut mit dem angegebenen Wert haben. Der angegebene Name des familiären Attributs sollte aus dem Menü ausgewählt werden. Der angegebene Wert sollte in das Textfeld eingegeben werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7510(term)
|
|
msgid "Matches the filter named"
|
|
msgstr "Entspricht dem Filter mit dem Namen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7513(para)
|
|
msgid "This rule matches people who are matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu."
|
|
msgstr "Diese entspricht Personen, die dem angegebenenFilter entsprechen. Der angegebene Filtername sollte aus dem Menü ausgewählt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7523(title)
|
|
msgid "Command line reference"
|
|
msgstr "Befehlszeilen-Referenz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7525(para)
|
|
msgid "This appendix provides the reference to the command line capabilities available when launching GRAMPS from the terminal."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Dieser Anhang liefert eine Referent über die Möglichkeiten,"
|
|
" wenn Sie GRAMPS aus dem Terminal starten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7529(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS was designed to be an interactive program. Therefore it uses graphical display and cannot run from the true non-graphical console. It would take an enormous amount of effort to enable it to run in a text-only terminal. This is why the set of command line options does not aim to completely get rid of dependency on the graphical display. Rather, it merely makes certain (typical) tasks more convenient. It also allows one to execute these tasks from the scripts. However, the graphical display must be accessible at all times!"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS wurde als ein interaktives Programm entworfen. Deshalb benutzt es eine grafische Ansicht und kann nicht von eine echten nicht-grafischen Konsole gestartet werden. Es würde einen enormen Aufwand darstellen eine Ausführung in einem Nur-Text Terminal zu ermöglichen. Aus diesem Grund zielen die möglichen Befehlszeilenparameter nicht darauf ab, komplett auf die grafisch Anzeige zu verzichten. Eher machen sie einige typische Aufgaben angenehmer. Sie erlauben Ihnen auch diese Aufgaben aus Skripten heraus auszuführen. Jedenfalls muss die grafische Anzeige immer verfügbar sein!"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7540(para)
|
|
msgid "To summarize, the use of the command line options provides non-interactive behavior, but does not get rid of graphical display dependency. Take it or leave it!"
|
|
msgstr "Zusammengefasst bietet die Benutzung der Befehlszeilenparameter nicht-interaktives Verhalten, aber beseitigt nicht die Abhängigkeit von der grafischen Anzeige. Mach, was du willst!"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7546(title)
|
|
msgid "Available options"
|
|
msgstr "Verfügbare Parameter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7548(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "This section provides the reference list of all command line options available in GRAMPS. If you want to know more than just a list of options, see next sections: <xref linkend=\"cmdline-operation\"/> and <xref linkend=\"cmdline-examples\"/>."
|
|
msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt bietet eine Liste aller in GRAMPS verfügbaren Befehlszeilen Parameter. Wenn Sie mehr wissen wollen als nur eine Liste von Parametern, schauen Sie in die nächsten Abaschnitte: <xref linkend=\"cmdline-operation\"/> und <xref linkend=\"cmdline-examples\"/>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7554(title)
|
|
msgid "Format options"
|
|
msgstr "Format-Parameter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7556(para)
|
|
msgid "The format of any file destined for opening, importing, or exporting can be specified with the <command>-f <replaceable>format</replaceable></command> option. The acceptable <replaceable>format</replaceable> values are listed below."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7563(term)
|
|
msgid "grdb"
|
|
msgstr "grdb"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7566(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS database. This format is available for opening, import, and export. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .grdb"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS Datenbank. Dieses Format ist für Öffnen, den Import und den Export verfügbar. Falls nicht angegeben wird es gesetzt, wenn der Dateiname mit .grdb endet."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7573(term) C/gramps.xml:7962(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "gramps-xml"
|
|
msgstr "gramps-xml"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7576(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS XML database. This format is available for opening, import, and export. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .gramps"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS XML Datenbank. Dieses Format ist für Öffnen, den Import und den Export verfügbar. Falls nicht angegeben wird es gesetzt, wenn der Dateiname mit .gramp endet."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7583(term) C/gramps.xml:7958(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "gedcom"
|
|
msgstr "gedcom"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7586(para)
|
|
msgid "GEDCOM file. This format is available for opening, import, and export. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .ged"
|
|
msgstr "GEDCOM-Datei. Dieses Format ist für den Import und den Export verfügbar. Falls nicht angegeben wird es gesetzt, wenn der Dateiname mit .ged endet."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7593(term) C/gramps.xml:7960(replaceable) C/gramps.xml:7977(replaceable) C/gramps.xml:7990(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "gramps-pkg"
|
|
msgstr "gramps-pkg"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7596(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS package. This format is available for import and export. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .gpkg"
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS-Paket. Dieses Format ist für den Import und Export verfügbar. Falls nicht angegeben wird es gesetzt, wenn der Dateiname mit .gpkg endet."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7603(term)
|
|
msgid "geneweb"
|
|
msgstr "geneweb"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7606(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "GeneWen file This format is available for import and export. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .gw"
|
|
msgstr "GeneWeb Datei. Dieses Format ist für den Import und Export verfügbar. Falls nicht angegeben wird es gesetzt, wenn der Dateiname mit .gw endet."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7613(term) C/gramps.xml:7963(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "wft"
|
|
msgstr "wft"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7616(para)
|
|
msgid "Web Family Tree. This format is available for export only. When not specified, it can be guessed if the filename ends with .wft"
|
|
msgstr "Web Family Tree. Dieses Format ist nur für den Export verfügbar. Falls nichts angegeben wird es gesetzt, wenn der Dateiname mit .wft endet."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7623(term)
|
|
msgid "iso"
|
|
msgstr "iso"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7626(para)
|
|
msgid "CD image. This format is available for export only. It must always be specified explicitly."
|
|
msgstr "CD-Image. Dieses Format ist nur für den Export verfügbar. Es muss immer ausdrücklich angegeben werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7634(title)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Opening options"
|
|
msgstr "Öffnen Optionen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7636(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "There are two ways to give GRAMPS the name of the file to be opened:"
|
|
msgstr "Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten GRAMPS den Namen der zu öffnenden Datei mitzuteilen:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7641(para)
|
|
msgid "supply bare file name"
|
|
msgstr "reinen Dateinamen angeben"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7645(para)
|
|
msgid "use the <command>-O <filename>filename</filename></command> or <command>-open=<filename>filename</filename></command> option"
|
|
msgstr "benutz den <command>-O <filename>Dateiname</filename></command> oder <command>-open=<filename>Dateiname</filename></command> Parameter"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7651(para)
|
|
msgid "If the filename is given without any option flag, the attempt to open the file will be made, and then the interactive GRAMPS session will be launched."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7656(para)
|
|
msgid "If no option is given, just the file name, GRAMPS will ignore the rest of the command line arguments. Use the -O flag to open the file and do something with the data."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7661(para)
|
|
msgid "The format can be specified with the <command>-f <replaceable>format</replaceable></command> or <command>--format=<replaceable>format</replaceable></command> option, immediately following the <filename>filename</filename>. If not specified, the guess will be attempted based on the <filename>filename</filename>."
|
|
msgstr "Das Format kann festgelegt werden mit dem <command>-f <replaceable>Format</replaceable></command> oder <command>--format=<replaceable>Format</replaceable></command> parameter, direkt gefolgt vom <filename>Dateinamen</filename>. Wenn nicht angegeben, wird versucht es aus dem <filename>Dateinamen</filename> zu ermitteln."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7669(para)
|
|
msgid "Only grdb, gramps-xml, and gedcom formats can be opened directly. For other formats, you will need to use the import option which will set up the empty database and then import data into it."
|
|
msgstr "Nur grdb, gramps-xml, und gedcom Formate können direkt geöffnet werden. Für andere Formate benötigen Sie die Importoption, welche die leere Datenbank einrichtet und dann die Daten in sie importiert."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7676(para)
|
|
msgid "Only a single file can be opened. If you need to combine data from several sources, you will need to use the import option."
|
|
msgstr "Es kann nur eine Datei geöffnet werden. Wenn Sie Daten aus verschiedenen Quellen kombinieren müssen, benötigen Sie die Importoption."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7682(title)
|
|
msgid "Import options"
|
|
msgstr "Import Optionen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7684(para)
|
|
msgid "The files destined for import can be specified with the <command>-i <filename>filename</filename></command> or <command>--import=<filename>filename</filename></command> option. The format can be specified with the <command>-f <replaceable>format</replaceable></command> or <command>--format=<replaceable>format</replaceable></command> option, immediately following the <filename>filename</filename>. If not specified, the guess will be attempted based on the <filename>filename</filename>."
|
|
msgstr "Die für den Import vorgesehenen Dateien können mit dem <command>-i</command> <filename>Dateiname</filename> oder <command>--import=<filename>Dateiname</filename></command> Parameter angegeben werden. Das Format kann mit dem <command>-f</command> oder <command>--format=<replaceable>Format</replaceable></command> Parameter bestimmt werden, der sofort auf dem <filename>Dateiname</filename> folgt. Falls es nicht angegeben wird, wird versucht das Format aus dem <filename>Dateiname</filename> zu ermitteln."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7695(para)
|
|
msgid "More than one file can be imported in one command. If this is the case, GRAMPS will incorporate the data from the next file into the database available at the moment."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7700(para)
|
|
msgid "When more than one input file is given, each has to be preceded by <command>-i</command> flag. The files are imported in the specified order, i.e. <command> -i <filename>file1</filename> -i <filename>file2</filename></command> and <command> -i <filename>file2</filename> -i <filename>file1</filename></command> might produce different GRAMPS IDs in the resulting database."
|
|
msgstr "Falls mehr als eine Eingabedatei angegeben wird, muss jeder einem <command>-i</command> folgen. Die Dateien werden in der angegebenen Reihenfolge importiert, z.B. <command>-i</command> <filename>Datei1</filename> <command>-i</command> <filename>Datei2</filename> und <command>-i</command> <filename>Datei2</filename> <command>-i</command> <filename>Datei1</filename> es könnte verschiedene GRAMPS-ID's in der resultierenden Datenbank entstehen.."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7709(title)
|
|
msgid "Export options"
|
|
msgstr "Export Optionen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7711(para)
|
|
msgid "The files destined for export can be specified with the <command>-o <filename>filename</filename></command> or <command>--output=<filename>filename</filename></command> option. The format can be specified with the <command>-f</command> option immediately following the <filename>filename</filename>. If not specified, the guess will be attempted based on the <filename>filename</filename>. For iso format, the <filename>filename</filename> is actually the name of directory the GRAMPS database will be written into. For grdb, gramps-xml, gedcom, wft, geneweb, and gramps-pkg, the <filename>filename</filename> is the name of the resulting file."
|
|
msgstr "Die für den Export vorgesehenen Dateien können mit dem Parameter <command>-o <filename>Dateiname</filename></command> oder <command>--output=<filename>Dateiname</filename></command>angegeben werden. Das Format kann mit dem <command>-f</command> Parameter bestimmt werden, der sofort auf dem <filename>Dateiname</filename>n folgt. Falls er nicht angegeben wird, wird versucht das Format aus dem <replaceable>Dateiname</filename>n zu ermitteln. Für iso-Formate, ist der <filename>Dateiname<filename> der Name des Verzeichnisses, in das die GRAMPS-Datenbank geschrieben wird. Für grdb, gramps-xml, gedcom, wft und gramps-pkg ist der <filename>Dateiname</filename> der Name der resultierenden Datei."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7724(para)
|
|
msgid "More than one file can be exported in one command. If this is the case, GRAMPS will attempt to write several files using the data from the database available at the moment."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7729(para)
|
|
msgid "When more than one output file is given, each has to be preceded by <command>-o</command> flag. The files are written one by one, in the specified order."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn mehr als eine Ausgabedatei angeben wird, muss jede auf einem <command>-o</command>-Parameter folgen. Diese Dateien werden nacheinander geschrieben, in der angegebenen Reihenfolge."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7735(title)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Action options"
|
|
msgstr "Aktions Optionen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7737(para)
|
|
msgid "The action to perform on the imported data can be specified with the <command>-a <replaceable>action</replaceable></command> or <command>--action=<replaceable>action</replaceable></command> option. This is done after all imports are successfully completed."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7742(para)
|
|
msgid "Currently available actions are:"
|
|
msgstr "Zur Zeit verfügbare Aktionen sind:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7746(term)
|
|
msgid "summary"
|
|
msgstr "summary"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7749(para)
|
|
msgid "This action is the same as <menuchoice><guimenu>Reports</guimenu><guisubmenu>View</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Summary</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
|
|
msgstr "Diese Aktion ist die selbe wie <menuchoice><guimenu>Berichte</guimenu><guisubmenu>Ansichten</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Datenbankübersicht</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7760(term) C/gramps.xml:7948(filename) C/gramps.xml:7964(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "check"
|
|
msgstr "check"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7763(para)
|
|
msgid "This action is the same as <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guisubmenu>Database Processing</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Check and Repair</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
msgstr "Diese Aktion ist die selbe wie <menuchoice><guimenu>Werkzeuge</guimenu><guisubmenu>Reparieren der Datenbank</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Datenbank prüfen und reparieren</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7774(term) C/gramps.xml:8014(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "report"
|
|
msgstr "report"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7777(para)
|
|
msgid "This action allows producing reports from the command line. As reports generally have many options of their own, this action should be followed by the report option string. The string is given using the <command>-p <replaceable>option_string</replaceable></command> or <command>--options=<replaceable>option_string</replaceable></command> option."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7786(para)
|
|
msgid "The report option string should satisfy the following conditions:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7791(para)
|
|
msgid "It must not contain any spaces. If some arguments need to include spaces, the string should be enclosed with quotation marks."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7797(para)
|
|
msgid "Option string must list pairs of option names and values."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7802(para)
|
|
msgid "Within a pair, option name and value must be separated by the equal sign."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7807(para)
|
|
msgid "Different pairs must be separated by commas."
|
|
msgstr "Verschiedene Paare müssen durch Komma getrennt werden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7812(para)
|
|
msgid "Most of the report options are specific for every report. However, there some common options."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7817(term)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "name=report_name"
|
|
msgstr "name=Bericht_Name"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7820(para)
|
|
msgid "This mandatory option determines which report will be generated. If the supplied report_name does not correspond to any available report, the error message will be printed followed by the list of available reports."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7829(term)
|
|
msgid "show=all"
|
|
msgstr "show=all"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7832(para)
|
|
msgid "This will produce the list of names for all options available for a given report."
|
|
msgstr "Dies erstellt eine Liste der Namen aller verfügbaren Optionen für den angegebenen Bericht."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7838(term)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "show=option_name"
|
|
msgstr "show=Option_Name"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7841(para)
|
|
msgid "This will print the description of the functionality supplied by the option_name, as well as what are the acceptable types and values for this option."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7848(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Use the above options to find out everything about a given report."
|
|
msgstr "Benutzen Sie die obigen Optionen um alles über einen angegebenen Bericht herauszufinden."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7852(para)
|
|
msgid "If an option is not supplied, the last used value will be used. If this report has never been generated before, then the value from last generated report will be used when applicable. Otherwise, the default value will be used."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7861(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "When more than one output action is given, each has to be preceded by <command>-a</command> flag. The actions are performed one by one, in the specified order."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn mehr als eine Ausgabeaktion angegeben wird, muss jede auf einem <command>-a</command> Parameter folgen. Die Aktionen werden nacheinander in der entsprechenden Reihenfolge durchgeführt."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7868(title)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Operation"
|
|
msgstr "Bedienung"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7872(para)
|
|
msgid "If the first argument on the command line does not start with dash (i.e. no flag), GRAMPS will attempt to open the file with the name given by the first argument and start interactive session, ignoring the rest of the command line arguments."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7879(para)
|
|
msgid "If the <command>-O</command> flag is given, then GRAMPS will try opening the supplied file name and then work with that data, as instructed by the further command line parameters."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7884(para)
|
|
msgid "Only one file can be opened in a single invocation of GRAMPS. If you need to get data from multiple sources, use the importing options by using <command>-i</command> flag."
|
|
msgstr "Pro Aufruf von GRAMPS kann nur eine Datei geöffnet werden. Wenn Sie Daten aus mehreren Quellen benötigen, benutzen Sie die import Optionen über das <command>-i</command> Flag."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7891(para)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "With or without the <command>-O</command> flag, there could be multiple imports, exports, and actions specified further on the command line by using <command>-i</command>, <command>-o</command>, and <command>-a</command> flags."
|
|
msgstr "Mit oder ohne den <command>-O</command> Parameter, können mehrere Importe, Exporte und Aktionen weiter spezifiert in der Kommandozeile durch benutzung <command>-i</command>, <command>-o</command>, and <command>-a</command> Parameter."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7898(para)
|
|
msgid "The order of <command>-i</command>, <command>-o</command>, or <command>-a</command> options with respect to each does not matter. The actual execution order always is: all imports (if any) -> all exports (if any) -> all actions (if any)."
|
|
msgstr "Die Reihenfolge der <command>-i</command>, <command>-o</command>, oder <command>-a</command> Parameter spielt keine Rolle. Die tatsächliche Ausführungsreihenfolge ist immer: alle Importe (wenn überhaupt) -> alle Exporte (wenn überhaupt) -> alle Aktionen (wenn überhaupt)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7904(para)
|
|
msgid "But opening must always be first!"
|
|
msgstr "Aber öffnen muß immer die Erste sein!"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7909(para)
|
|
msgid "If no <command>-O</command> or <command>-i</command> option is given, GRAMPS will launch its main window and start the usual interactive session with the empty database, since there is no data to process, anyway."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn kein <command>-O</command> oder <command>-i</command> Parameter angegeben wird, startet GRAMPS sein Hauptfenster und startet die gewöhnliche interaktive Sitzung mit der leeren Datenbank, denn es gibt keine Daten zu verarbeiten."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7916(para)
|
|
msgid "If no <command>-o</command> or <command>-a</command> options are given, GRAMPS will launch its main window and start the usual interactive session with the database resulted from opening and all imports (if any). This database resides in the <filename>import_db.grdb</filename> file under the <filename>~/.gramps/import/</filename> directory."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn kein <command>-o</command> oder <command>-a</command> Parameter angegeben ist, startet GRAMPS sein Hauptfenster und startet die gewöhnliche interaktive Sitzung mit der, aus öffnen und allen Importen (wenn überhaupt) resultierenden Datenbank. Die Datenbank liegt dann in der Datei <filename>import_db.grdb</filename> in dem Verzeichnis <filename>~/.gramps/import/</filename>."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7925(para)
|
|
msgid "Any errors encountered during import, export, or action, will be either dumped to stdout (if these are exceptions handled by GRAMPS) or to stderr (if these are not handled). Use usual shell redirections of stdout and stderr to save messages and errors in files."
|
|
msgstr "Fehler, die während des Imports, Exports oder einer Aktion auftreten, werden entweder auf stdout (wenn es Exceptions sind, die von gramps behandelt werden) oder auf stderr (wenn sie nicht behandelt werden) geschrieben. Benutzen Sie die gewöhnlichen Shell-Umleitungen von stdout und stderr um diese Nachrichten und Fehler in Dateien zu speichern."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7935(title)
|
|
msgid "Examples"
|
|
msgstr "Beispiele"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7939(term)
|
|
msgid "To import four databases (whose formats can be determined from their names) and then check the resulting database for errors, one may type:"
|
|
msgstr "Um 4 Datenbanken zu importieren (deren Format aus der Dateiendung bestimmt werden kann) und dann die resultierende Datenbank auf Fehler zu prüfen, kann man folgendes eingeben:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7944(filename) C/gramps.xml:7957(filename) C/gramps.xml:7974(filename) C/gramps.xml:7987(filename) C/gramps.xml:8001(filename)
|
|
msgid "file1.ged"
|
|
msgstr "datei1.ged"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7945(filename) C/gramps.xml:7959(filename) C/gramps.xml:7975(filename) C/gramps.xml:8002(filename)
|
|
msgid "file2.gpkg"
|
|
msgstr "datei2.gpkg"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7946(filename) C/gramps.xml:7961(filename) C/gramps.xml:8003(filename)
|
|
msgid "~/db3.gramps"
|
|
msgstr "~/db3.gramps"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7947(filename) C/gramps.xml:7963(filename)
|
|
msgid "file4.wft"
|
|
msgstr "datei4.wft"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7944(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/> -i <placeholder-4/> -a <placeholder-5/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/> -i <placeholder-4/> -a <placeholder-5/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7953(term)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "To explicitly specify the formats in the above example, append filenames with appropriate <command>-f</command> options:"
|
|
msgstr "Um im obigen Beispiel ausdrücklich das Format anzugeben, fügen sie passende Dateinamen mit <command>-f</command> Optionen hinzu:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7957(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -f <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/> -i <placeholder-5/> -f <placeholder-6/> -i <placeholder-7/> -f <placeholder-8/> -a <placeholder-9/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -f <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/> -i <placeholder-5/> -f <placeholder-6/> -i <placeholder-7/> -f <placeholder-8/> -a <placeholder-9/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7969(term)
|
|
msgid "To record the database resulting from all imports, supply <command>-o</command> flag (use <command>-f</command> if the filename does not allow GRAMPS to guess the format):"
|
|
msgstr "Um die aus allen Importen resultierende Datenbank aufzuzeichnen, benutzen Sie ein <command>-o</command> Parameter (benutzen Sie <command>-f</command>, wenn der Dateiname es GRAMPS nicht ermöglicht das Format zu raten):"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7976(filename) C/gramps.xml:7989(filename)
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "~/new-package"
|
|
msgstr "~/new-package"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7974(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -o <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -o <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7982(term)
|
|
msgid "To save any error messages of the above example into files <filename>outfile</filename> and <filename>errfile</filename>, run:"
|
|
msgstr "Um Fehlermeldungen der oberen Beispiele in die Dateien <filename>outfile</filename> und <filename>errfile</filename> zu speichern, führen Sie aus:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7988(filename)
|
|
msgid "file2.dpkg"
|
|
msgstr "datei2.dpkg"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7991(filename)
|
|
msgid "outfile"
|
|
msgstr "Ausgabedatei"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7991(filename)
|
|
msgid "errfile"
|
|
msgstr "Fehlerdatei"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7987(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -o <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/> ><placeholder-5/> 2><placeholder-6/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -o <placeholder-3/> -f <placeholder-4/> ><placeholder-5/> 2><placeholder-6/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:7997(term)
|
|
msgid "To import three databases and start interactive GRAMPS session with the result:"
|
|
msgstr "Um drei Datenbanken zu importieren und ein interaktive GRAMPS Sitzung zu starten:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8001(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -i <placeholder-1/> -i <placeholder-2/> -i <placeholder-3/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8008(term)
|
|
msgid "To open a database and, based on that data, generate timeline report in PDF format putting the output into the <filename>my_timeline.pdf</filename> file:"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8013(filename)
|
|
msgid "file.grdb"
|
|
msgstr "datei.grdb"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8015(replaceable)
|
|
msgid "name=timeline,off=pdf,of=my_timeline.pdf"
|
|
msgstr "name=timeline,off=pdf,of=meine_Zeitlinie.pdf"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8013(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps -O <placeholder-1/> -a <placeholder-2/> -p <placeholder-3/>"
|
|
msgstr "gramps -O <placeholder-1/> -a <placeholder-2/> -p <placeholder-3/>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8019(para)
|
|
msgid "Use the <replaceable>name=timeline,show=all</replaceable> to find out about all available options for the timeline report. To find out details of a particular option, use <replaceable>show=option_name</replaceable>, e.g. <replaceable>name=timeline,show=off</replaceable> string."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8025(para)
|
|
msgid "To learn about available report names, use <replaceable>name=show</replaceable> string."
|
|
msgstr "Um mehr über verfügbare Berichtsnamen zu erfahren, die <replaceable>name=show</replaceable> Zeichenfolge benutzen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8032(term)
|
|
msgid "Finally, to start normal interactive session type:"
|
|
msgstr "Schließlich, um eine normale interaktive Sitzung zu starten, tippen Sie:"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8035(command)
|
|
msgid "gramps"
|
|
msgstr "gramps"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8043(title)
|
|
msgid "About GRAMPS"
|
|
msgstr "Über GRAMPS"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8045(para)
|
|
msgid "GRAMPS was written by Donald N. Allingham (<email>don@gramps-project.org</email>)."
|
|
msgstr "GRAMPS wurde geschrieben von Donald N. Allingham (<email>don@gramps-project.org</email>)."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8051(para)
|
|
msgid "Tim Allen"
|
|
msgstr "Tim Allen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8055(para)
|
|
msgid "Larry Allingham"
|
|
msgstr "Larry Allingham"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8059(para)
|
|
msgid "Jens Arvidsson"
|
|
msgstr "Jens Arvidsson"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8063(para)
|
|
msgid "Kees Bakker"
|
|
msgstr "Kees Bakker"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8067(para)
|
|
msgid "Marcos Bedinelli"
|
|
msgstr "Marcos Bedinelli"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8071(para)
|
|
msgid "Wayne Bergeron"
|
|
msgstr "Wayne Bergeron"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8075(para)
|
|
msgid "Stefan Bjork"
|
|
msgstr "Stefan Bjork"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8079(para)
|
|
msgid "Douglas S. Blank"
|
|
msgstr "Douglas S. Blank"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8083(para)
|
|
msgid "Radu Bogdan Mare"
|
|
msgstr "Radu Bogdan Mare"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8087(para)
|
|
msgid "Alexander Bogdashevsky"
|
|
msgstr "Alexander Bogdashevsky"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8091(para)
|
|
msgid "Richard Bos"
|
|
msgstr "Richard Bos"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8095(para)
|
|
msgid "Matt Brubeck"
|
|
msgstr "Matt Brubeck"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8099(para)
|
|
msgid "Nathan Bullock"
|
|
msgstr "Nathan Bullock"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8103(para)
|
|
msgid "Lorenzo Cappelletti"
|
|
msgstr "Lorenzo Cappelletti"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8107(para)
|
|
msgid "Pier Luigi Cinquantini"
|
|
msgstr "Pier Luigi Cinquantini"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8111(para)
|
|
msgid "Bruce J. DeGrasse"
|
|
msgstr "Bruce J. DeGrasse"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8115(para)
|
|
msgid "Daniel Durand"
|
|
msgstr "Daniel Durand"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8119(para)
|
|
msgid "Alexandre Duret-Lutz"
|
|
msgstr "Alexandre Duret-Lutz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8123(para)
|
|
msgid "Billy C. Earney"
|
|
msgstr "Billy C. Earney"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8127(para)
|
|
msgid "Baruch Even"
|
|
msgstr "Baruch Even"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8131(para)
|
|
msgid "Bernd Felsche"
|
|
msgstr "Bernd Felsche"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8135(para)
|
|
msgid "Egyeki Gergely"
|
|
msgstr "Egyeki Gergely"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8139(para)
|
|
msgid "Michel Guitel"
|
|
msgstr "Michel Guitel"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8143(para)
|
|
msgid "Steve Hall"
|
|
msgstr "Steve Hall"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8147(para)
|
|
msgid "David R. Hampton"
|
|
msgstr "David R. Hampton"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8151(para)
|
|
msgid "Martin Hawlisch"
|
|
msgstr "Martin Hawlisch"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8155(para)
|
|
msgid "Arpad Horvath"
|
|
msgstr "Arpad Horvath"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8159(para)
|
|
msgid "Anton Huber"
|
|
msgstr "Anton Huber"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8163(para)
|
|
msgid "Frode Jemtland"
|
|
msgstr "Frode Jemtland"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8167(para)
|
|
msgid "Mark Knoop"
|
|
msgstr "Mark Knoop"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8171(para)
|
|
msgid "Greg Kuperberg"
|
|
msgstr "Greg Kuperberg"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8175(para)
|
|
msgid "Arkadiusz Lipiec"
|
|
msgstr "Arkadiusz Lipiec"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8179(para)
|
|
msgid "Lars Kr. Lundin"
|
|
msgstr "Lars Kr. Lundin"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8183(para)
|
|
msgid "Radek Malcic"
|
|
msgstr "Radek Malcic"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8187(para)
|
|
msgid "Benny Malengier"
|
|
msgstr "Benny Malengier"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8191(para)
|
|
msgid "Leonid Mamtchenkov"
|
|
msgstr "Leonid Mamtchenkov"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8195(para)
|
|
msgid "Brian Matherly"
|
|
msgstr "Brian Matherly"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8199(para)
|
|
msgid "Tino Meinen"
|
|
msgstr "Tino Meinen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8203(para)
|
|
msgid "Serge Noiraud"
|
|
msgstr "Serge Noiraud"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8207(para)
|
|
msgid "Frederick Noronha"
|
|
msgstr "Frederick Noronha"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8211(para)
|
|
msgid "Jeffrey C. Ollie"
|
|
msgstr "Jeffrey C. Ollie"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8215(para)
|
|
msgid "Jiri Pejchal"
|
|
msgstr "Jiri Pejchal"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8219(para)
|
|
msgid "Donald A. Peterson"
|
|
msgstr "Donald A. Peterson"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8223(para)
|
|
msgid "Guillaume Pratte"
|
|
msgstr "Guillaume Pratte"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8227(para)
|
|
msgid "Alexandre Prokoudine"
|
|
msgstr "Alexandre Prokoudine"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8231(para)
|
|
msgid "Laurent Protois"
|
|
msgstr "Laurent Protois"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8235(para)
|
|
msgid "Matthieu Pupat"
|
|
msgstr "Matthieu Pupat"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8239(para)
|
|
msgid "Jérôme Rapinat"
|
|
msgstr "Jérôme Rapinat"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8243(para)
|
|
msgid "Trevor Rhodes"
|
|
msgstr "Trevor Rhodes"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8247(para)
|
|
msgid "Alexander Roitman"
|
|
msgstr "Alexander Roitman"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8251(para)
|
|
msgid "Soren Roug"
|
|
msgstr "Soren Roug"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8255(para)
|
|
msgid "Jason Salaz"
|
|
msgstr "Jason Salaz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8259(para)
|
|
msgid "Julio Sanchez"
|
|
msgstr "Julio Sanchez"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8263(para)
|
|
msgid "Bernd Schandl"
|
|
msgstr "Bernd Schandl"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8267(para)
|
|
msgid "Martin Senftleben"
|
|
msgstr "Martin Senftleben"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8271(para)
|
|
msgid "Yaakov Selkowitz"
|
|
msgstr "Yaakov Selkowitz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8275(para)
|
|
msgid "Gary Shao"
|
|
msgstr "Gary Shao"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8279(para)
|
|
msgid "Arturas Sleinius"
|
|
msgstr "Arturas Sleinius"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8283(para)
|
|
msgid "Jim Smart"
|
|
msgstr "Jim Smart"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8287(para)
|
|
msgid "Steve Swales"
|
|
msgstr "Steve Swales"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8291(para)
|
|
msgid "Eero Tamminen"
|
|
msgstr "Eero Tamminen"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8295(para)
|
|
msgid "Samuel Tardieu"
|
|
msgstr "Samuel Tardieu"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8299(para)
|
|
msgid "Richard Taylor"
|
|
msgstr "Richard Taylor"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8303(para)
|
|
msgid "James Treacy"
|
|
msgstr "James Treacy"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8307(para)
|
|
msgid "Lubo Vasko"
|
|
msgstr "Lubo Vasko"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8311(para)
|
|
msgid "Sebastian Voecking"
|
|
msgstr "Sebastian Voecking"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8315(para)
|
|
msgid "Xing Wang"
|
|
msgstr "Xing Wang"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8319(para)
|
|
msgid "Tim Waugh"
|
|
msgstr "Tim Waugh"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8323(para)
|
|
msgid "Jesper Zedlitz"
|
|
msgstr "Jesper Zedlitz"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8048(para)
|
|
msgid "The somewhat incomplete list of contributors includes (in alphabetical order): <placeholder-1/> If you know of somebody else who should be listed here, please let us know."
|
|
msgstr "Die unvollständige Liste der Mitwirkenden (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge): <placeholder-1/> Wenn ihnen noch eine Person einfällt, die hier genannt werden sollte, lassen Sie es uns wissen."
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8328(para)
|
|
msgid "To find more information about GRAMPS, please visit the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://gramps-project.org\">GRAMPS Project Web page</ulink>."
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Sie mehr Information über GRAMPS suchen, besuchen Sie die <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://gramps-project.org\">Web Seite des GRAMPS Projekts</ulink>.Web Seite des GRAMPS Projekts"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8332(para)
|
|
msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, use the help menu in GRAMPS, or follow the directions on <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://gramps.sourceforce.net/contact.html\">this site.</ulink>"
|
|
msgstr "Wenn Sie Fehler melden wollen oder Vorschläge GRAMPS oder dieses Handbuch betreffend haben, benutzen Sie das Hilfemenü in GRAMPS; oder folgen Sie den Anweisungen in diesem <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://gramps.sourceforce.net/contact.html\">Dokument.</ulink>"
|
|
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:8337(para)
|
|
msgid "This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gpl\">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program."
|
|
msgstr "Dieses Programm wird unter den Bedingungen der GNU General Public License Version 2 oder jede spätere Version verbreitet, welche von der Free Software Foundation veröffentlicht wurden. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz finden Sie <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gpl\">link</ulink>, oder in der Datei COPYING, die dem Quellcode dieses Programms beigefügt ist."
|
|
|
|
#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
|
|
#: C/gramps.xml:0(None)
|
|
msgid "translator-credits"
|
|
msgstr "MirkoLeonhäuser, 2007"
|
|
|